The Podcasters Podcast: Recent Episodes
Progressive Media
The podcast for you, the podcaster! Tips, tricks, updates and intensive advice to start, grow and improve all aspects of your podcast from production, to marketing, to collaborations and more! Make sure to subscribe or follow on your platform of choice
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane take a different approach in this episode, is it cake style. They run through a list of shows, asking you to guess which is the real podcast and which is the fake whilst discussing what makes a good niche for a podcast.
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane share how you can get 1k downloads on your podcast in just 30 days. They reveal the things you can do to set your podcast up to get the highest amount of downloads when you first launch and beyond.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Batch record 10 episodes before you release any, so your new audience can listen to multiple episodes
- Include interviews in your initial episodes, ideally from someone who has a loyal following and audience already
- When launching your podcast, ensure you are promoting it across different social media platforms in the lead up launch.
- Having a competition or giveaway can be used to guide listeners to download on release day to help your podcast chart
- Charting helps you be found by organic listeners
- Guest on other people’s podcasts in the two weeks before you launch or ask for episodes where you are a guest to be released close to your launch date
- Find communities where you can first add value and then promote your show
- Attend industry events to network and promote your show, the more niche, the better
- Spend some time on your SEO, in your show notes and titles and aim to include search terms within them
BEST MOMENTS
“Interview guests that have either a big or engaged following…ideally people who haven’t been on loads of podcasts before”
“Go on other people's shows ahead of time that will schedule for release over your launch week”
“Be active on your social media every day”
"Spend some time on SEO as well as that will get you a couple of extra listeners"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane have asked chat GPT to suggest contentious and debate worthy topics in the podcasting industry. From charging for podcasts to AI-assisted content, Ash and Kane give their thoughts and opinions on these after years of experience in the podcasting space.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Paywalls -vs- Free Content. Is it fair and does it work to put paywalls in podcasting?
- Are exclusive deals with platforms good or bad for the industry?
- What counts as too many ads in an episode?
- Are dynamic ads ruining the authenticity of podcasting?
- Should AI generated content and assisted podcast production be embraced?
- Should creators own all of their own content?
BEST MOMENTS
“I feel like you can only charge for content when you’ve earned the right”
“Creators that do the best are the ones that purely do it for the passion and the love of the content and payment is a byproduct”
“The listener experience is the most important thing because they pay the bills”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Producing Meghan Markle's Podcast & Working for Spotify with Courtney Reimer
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane reveal the things they wish they had known before they started podcasting. They share what nobody told them in the beginning and common issues many podcasting beginners face, giving advice to help you learn from their experience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Video record all your podcast episodes from the beginning, you will wish you had these later on!
- Overestimating how much content you have recorded. There are multiple benefits to being ahead on your recorded content and it can impact quality if you are having an emergency record.
- It’s important to create content that works for you rather than trying to emulate other podcasts too much, authenticity is essential.
- Shorter episodes are easier to manage when you are getting started and allow you to publish more often.
BEST MOMENTS
“The issue I had is I didn’t record the video”
“Our worst habit is getting in front on content”
“I think we were trying to create content for other people when in the early days you need to create content for you”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Is podcasting expensive? Ash and Kane talk about why podcasting can be as cheap or as expensive as you like and share what is worth spending money on and what isn’t. It is 100% possible to podcast on a budget, and Ash and Kane explain exactly how you can do it!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can podcast from home if you have the right set-up. You can even use existing tech such as your laptop and phone.
- Most shows are remote, it’s not necessary to interview guests in person and virtual guests keeps your costs down.
- If you are looking at interviewing a big name or someone that could elevate your podcast, it is worth spending the money to do it in person to make a personal connection.
- Editing and artwork are the key things you need to get right and potentially spend your budget on before looking at anything else.
- Think about how you spend your own time as well as your budget, you can outsource functional but essential tasks like editing whilst you focus on more high value tasks, such as guesting on other shows.
- Generally it isn’t advised to pay for guests.
- If a good guest will x5 or x10 your listens, then save this guest for when you have already built up some listenership.
BEST MOMENTS
“Your biggest cost is production and studios generally speaking”
“You can get a mic, stand and ring lights for less than £150”
“Travel costs and your shooting costs are expensive but they’re definitely worth it for that personal connection”
“The CEO doesn’t do the customer service but it doesn’t mean it’s not an important task, it’s a functional task someone else can do”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss the steps you can take to revive your podcast. They start by asking you to evaluate your why and consider its strength. They then discuss how you can use guests and utilise simple things like titles to revive your podcast and get it performing again. They also share why relaunching is essential to reviving a podcast and how to do this successfully.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- What is your why? Do you still want to do the podcast and are you doing it for the right reasons?
- Evaluate your production, are your titles and thumbnails good and what are the first 30 seconds like?
- Click through rate and attention should be your focus. How many people are clicking on your content and how long are they staying?
- Your first 30 seconds are for people who don’t know you yet, as are titles and thumbnails. These are to grab attention and make people want to listen.
- SEO is very important for the audio side of your podcast, think about your show notes and titles and if these can be improved.
- If you are an audio only podcast then outside promotion is essential, like being interviewed on other podcasts.
- Anyone who is struggling should do a relaunch!
- Go back to basics, make your content better through research and tools to see what questions your audience wants answered in your niche.
BEST MOMENTS
“Go back to your why, make sure that it’s strong”
“Click through and retention, that’s all you should care about”
“Everything you do should be for someone who doesn’t know you yet, doesn’t like you yet, doesn’t have much of an attention span”
“There is a lot of outside promotion when it comes to audio”
“Put effort into campaigns and launches, don’t just go through the motions”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast Part 1 & 2:
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-1
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/046-how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-2
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane give a quick overview of the 12 hour ban on TikTok in the U.S. They share the reasons behind the U.S. doing this, why there was then a U-turn and the impact TikTok has had on the content space and social media landscape.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- TikTok was banned by Congress, they called it a propaganda machine and said it was being used by China to spy on America.
- There are some conspiracies that say Congress sought to gain from banning TikTok as they hold shares in American competition.
- TikTok has transformed the social media landscape, they are being copied across multiple platforms, including YouTube releasing shorts and Instagram reels.
- 39% of American businesses state TikTok is essential to the running of their business and over 7 million companies rely on it for marketing and sales.
- It’s important as a creator to be across platforms as there are variables in their performance, you need to be in the right place at the right time to benefit.
BEST MOMENTS
“Congress banned it, they said it was a propaganda machine”
“Everyone is copying TikTok now”
“TikTok has become the number 1 search engine for gen-z”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about Spotify’s new partner programme. They give the lowdown on how the programme will work for monetisation, the thresholds they will put in place and how it compares to other platforms. They also share other ways you can monetise that may be more worthwhile.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The creator will get 50% of the revenue for ads if they meet the listener threshold.
- To access the programme, you will need at least 10k streamed hours on Spotify and 2k unique Spotify users a month. This is a much higher threshold than other platforms.
- It’s easier to monetise on YouTube, you need half the amount and have a year to achieve it and also get paid more!
- Direct sponsorships should make you way more money than something like this programme, this should be for supplementary income.
- Spotify has also introduced a feed which will be great for discoverability.
BEST MOMENTS
“Creators get 50% of revenue for ads sold”
“YouTube is also significantly easier to become eligible needing 4000 streamed hours in the last year and 1000 subscribers”
“You’re getting maybe £10 CPM but you have to get ridiculous numbers to get there in the first place”
“One thing Spotify have introduced that is good is discoverability”
“Podcasters want two things, listeners and money”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about why you should start a podcast in 2025. They share the many reasons you should be podcasting in 2025, including what's new, the best way to leverage AI in your podcast and the unique things you can do to make your content more discoverable.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- On video platforms, the quality of content and its performance with the algorithm is becoming much more important than follower numbers and subscribers.
- It used to take multiple years to become notable on social media as you have to have a large audience before you got noticed, now you can get noticed first with great content and the numbers follow.
- When it comes to monetisation, the quality of the listener is just as important as the audience size.
- A new show gives you the opportunity to build your audience based on your initial content. Older shows may struggle with a mix of audience feedback which can impact their reach to new listeners/users.
- Whilst your content should always put your audience first, there are small things you can do to help you with the algorithm at the same time, like your titles and thumbnails.
- Most podcasters are using AI in some capacity. One of the best ways to use it is for research, but it can also be used on small tasks to free your time to be spent on the more important elements and get more creative.
- AI tools are being incorporated into more and more software, making production and the tasks associated with creating a podcast quicker and easier.
- Year after year, more money is being pushed into podcasting, by 2032 it’s predicted that the podcasting industry will be worth 130 billion to 250 billion.
BEST MOMENTS
“What is becoming less important is follower numbers and subscribers”
“You can post a video, and it will show it to whoever it thinks should see it on the for you page ”
“There’s actually a bit of an advantage if you’re just starting out”
“Make it for the audience, not the algorithm”
“The first 30 seconds, as well as the title and thumbnail of a YouTube video, is more important than the rest of the content in terms of getting in front of people”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about how they managed a difficult period over the past few weeks where they were unable to record new episodes. They give tips on how you can plan for unforeseen circumstances and keep your podcast consistent when life happens and you can’t press record!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s better to rerelease old episodes than to not release anything at all. Look at episodes that are still relevant or that performed particularly well.
- When re-releasing old episodes, ensure you communicate this to guests in the show notes to avoid any confusion.
- If you need to take a break from recording, you can also upload podcasts where you have been interviewed as a guest.
- A feed swap is another way to release content without having to record anything. It also gives your show a new platform for potential listeners.
- Batch record episodes ahead of time to avoid having to stray away from your release schedule.
BEST MOMENTS
“Top tip, go to expos, it’s a great way to just network”
“Your downloads are gonna take a dip over the Christmas and New Year anyway so you don’t want to put your best content out there”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
This is a rerelease of a previous great episode! Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane for a Q&A from the Podcasters Podcast private community. They share questions from podcasters ranging from how to grow your podcast and credibility to sponsorship. They also discuss podcasting launches and relaunches and what impact having a number 1 podcast has on your podcasting journey.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When speaking and negotiating sponsorship, try and get more episodes in the deal. This not only generates more income but saves you time as you will need to negotiate with less sales reps.
- To climb the charts, network with podcasts in your niche in the view to get interviews. You can then capitalise on each other’s audiences.
- Whilst it’s easier to go viral on TikTok, Instagram offers the best ‘shop window’ to convert your audience to clients and more.
- How you launch your podcast can be pivotal to your initial growth and performance. Head to the Podcasters Podcast Launch episode here: How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
- Having a giveaway that’s relevant to your audience is more important than the cash value.
- Getting to number 1 in the charts when you launch or relaunch is valuable social proof for sponsorship deals and future guests too.
BEST MOMENTS
"On average it takes 7 touch points to make a buying decision”
“There’s not an easier platform to go viral on than TikTok”
“You’re going to get better sponsors, you’re going to get more recognition in your specific industry, get better guests on your show, it’s social proof that you’re a number 1 podcast”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
This is a rerelease of a previous great episode! Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
There are many opportunities to be found in podcasting, and in this episode, Ash and Kane highlight the ones you may have not thought about or considered. They give advice on how you can leverage these opportunities including for financial gain and also how podcasting presents unique ways to get recognition and endorsement.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Books and publishing
- Speaking gigs
- Access to people
- Unique relationship building
- Recognition, credibility and endorsement
- Live Shows
- Business Opportunities
BEST MOMENTS
"Would you like some cash to write [a] book and we publish?”
“People get opportunities from their guests”
“We’ve had people with smallish audiences and then done live shows and sold out”
“If you have a high bracket audience, people will pay to be on there”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
This is a rerelease of a previous great episode! Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Rob Moore shares how he built an 8-figure business through his podcast Disruptors, revealing secrets behind viral episodes like his infamous Andrew Tate interview. He dives into the social strategies that made him one of the biggest creators on the planet, how he monetises across multiple platforms, and the goalpost-moving challenges of going viral while balancing authenticity. Rob also discusses pivoting from property to content creation, his approach to getting high-profile guests like Will.i.am and Katie Hopkins, and why he has beef with Diary of a CEO's Stephen Bartlett. Overall an insightful peek behind the curtain of one of the OG podcasting Disruptors!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Rob’s podcast Disruptors (previously called The Disruptive Entrepreneur) was the first of Progressive Media’s to launch 8 years ago and now has almost 1000 episodes.
- Build a "specific but vague" niche to maximise reach - business, money, and entrepreneurship is broad but still clear.
- Create in your authentic format e.g. long-form interviews for Rob. Short-form doesn't always suit creators. Repurpose one piece of content into 50.
- View podcasting as a commercial business. Reinvest revenue into better guests and production. You need to invest to grow.
- Avoid overcomplicating tech and production as a beginner. iPhone + consistency beats fancy gear!
- Interview skills are critical. Research helps but stay present and let conversations flow. Interviewing takes practice and you will get better with time.
- Go broader once you've built an audience and identity. Rob went from Disruptive Entrepreneur which was more specific to then Disruptors which interviews a wider range of guests.
- Handwritten letters stand out to get guests attention. Wax seals also help, you can outsource the writing.
- Controversial guests like Andrew Tate bring huge but fleeting blows up. Lasting impact depends on authenticity.
- Don't overcomplicate funnels, CRMs etc when starting out. Bang out content and drive people to simple sales funnels.
BEST MOMENTS
“Really, all I should think about is the impact I have on people."
"So many people right now are overwhelmed. It's just a massive confusion. There's so much opportunity but so much confusion."
"This morning...I felt grey and fuzzy and bleh. But I got in the garden and I did a pretty hard workout. And then I got in the ice bath... And I thought, fucking hell, my brain is not really on it."
"Go live for three minutes, five minutes, ten minutes and then fairly easy...you can chuck that content there and they can do four or five clips from that."
"Sometimes I think if I'd have stayed Disruptive Entrepreneur and just interviewed millionaires and billionaires, you know, maybe I might be more successful."
"People way overcomplicate everything. Get a good agency...be more prolific with your content...and the money will start to go up."
"I know for a fact he pays guests big money. I know this for a fact...He and others have made it harder to get guests because they're chucking big money down."
"I like the fact that you call it a commercial business because I don't think a lot of creators do."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
This is a rerelease of a previous great episode! Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline the resources you should know and use as a podcaster. Including revealing the Google and Tinder of podcasts and how chatGPT can help you grow and scale your show.
Podmatch episode with Alex Sanfilippo: https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/episode-026
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- www.listennotes.com is a directory where you can see all podcasts including a lot of data about them such as where they are based, show notes etc. This is useful for research and looking for sponsors.
- www.chartable.com gives accurate and specific information on your show's listenership. It can give you the data you need to make informed decisions on what to do with your podcast.
- There is a lot of choice in terms of software but Adobe is the industry standard and has most of the tools and features you will ever need.
- www.podmatch.com is a great website for finding guests. It will match you based on what you are looking for and the guest’s availability, knowledge and more.
- ChatGPT can be utilised for podcasting in a variety of ways from content ideas to time-saving exercises. The best way to get the most out of any AI is to feed it as much information as possible.
- Descript is a transcribing software that you can then use on various AI platforms.
BEST MOMENTS
“What I use this for the most is finding sponsors and finding collaborators”
“It saves you loads of time and thinking who should I reach out to because 2 minutes on listen notes and you can find a list of sponsors in your industry”
“It’s good to track your chart position and also to research other shows”
“It’s like tinder for podcasts”
“You’re training AI in who you are so make sure you give it as much information as possible”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
This is a rerelease of a previous great episode! Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss the three key ways to discover a podcast. They give you the tips and essential info you need to get maximum discoverability on your podcast show and circumvent the sometimes difficult barriers of podcasting platforms.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Social media platforms, in particular TikTok and YouTube, are an essential step to getting better discoverability on your podcast. You can do this in a variety of ways including repurposing podcast content and creating clips.
- Search and SEO on YouTube
- Collaboration: Leverage other show’s audiences and attract their following by working with other podcasters
- Remember, you can do all these things to increase discoverability, but you want people to stay so ensure things like audio quality and content are as good as they can be!
BEST MOMENTS
"You can do a lot in 7 seconds”
“People underestimate how much work it takes”
“Podcast discoverability is generally pretty crap”
“It was a smaller show, but the audio was decent”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss research and stats about the psychology of podcast listeners. They share useful demographic research including why podcast listeners differ so much from social media users and also reveal why they think ads convert so well for podcasts.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- UK Podcast listeners average 5 hours a week listening, this is an hour a day for the working week.
- The ethnic diversity of listeners is increasing, younger audiences are also becoming engaged and the gap between male and female listeners is getting smaller yearly, showing that podcasting is for everyone.
- Having one good guest then unlocks the ability to have other good guests and gives your show credibility amongst listeners.
- What a listener sees first counts, it’s how they decide whether to listen or not so focus on artwork, titles and focus on getting good guests.
- Podcast listeners often have informational needs, meaning they are seeking out information and want to learn. This differs from social media users who are seeking out social needs.
- Give away everything for free on your podcast, the higher value content you provide the better your podcast will perform better.
- Podcast listeners are creatures of habit; you have to be consistent on episode length and publish day and frequency
BEST MOMENTS
“You can broaden out with your podcast over time”
“Curious people probably make up the higher earners”
“Once you get one good guest that becomes the ‘unlock’ for other good guests”
“Artwork is massively important, it’s the first thing people see it needs to look good”
“If it looks shit, people assume it’s shit”
“For every trend and movement there’s an opposite”
“Podcast listeners are creatures of habit”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane for part to of their Q&A with 500+ member community. They continue to answer questions from their online podcasting community including what makes you and your show attractive to sponsors, how to leverage a webinar and the opportunities having a podcast can create.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When running a webinar, it needs to link back to your podcast concept and content.
- Any webinar you create, record it so you can repurpose the content for your podcast. You can also live stream it across your social media accounts.
- What makes an audience attractive to audiences and sponsors is the same, high quality content targeted at a niche audience that is well produced.
- There are nearly endless opportunities to gain from creating a podcast, but the network you build is among the most valuable benefits!
BEST MOMENTS
“You can do a live webinar and record it for your podcast”
“The best way to attract sponsors to your podcast is to go out and find them”
“Get more listeners, have high quality production, have a niche targeted audience, if you do those three things people will come to you”
“A lot of doors are opening through our guests”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join for a Q&A with 500+ member community. Ash and Kane answer the hottest questions from their online podcasting community from the perfect length for a podcast episode to why VR could be the next big thing in podcasting and how to grow your audience for free.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Solo eps should be around 15 minutes and 45 minutes is ideal for an interview. Consistent length episodes are important too, keep it the same length every week.
- Hobbyist podcasts provide a perfect niche, they have large and loyal audiences.
- An untapped area of podcasts currently is AR and VR.
- Ask your audience to leave reviews and create an audience focused call to action.
- Advertise your show on other podcasts in your niche to get 1000’s of listeners, you can then use these listeners to leverage sponsorship deals on your own show.
- Don’t underestimate good show notes and titles, this is how your audience will find you organically (i.e for free!)
BEST MOMENTS
"If you’re going to do an interview cut it down to 45(minutes)”
“Hobbyist podcasts are huge”
“AI generated podcasts can fuck off”
“The bigger the channel the better guests you get the end user benefits”
“Get good searchable titles where people can find you organically and it costs you nothing”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about viral clips in this episode. They discuss what traits viral clips have in common including the role of invoking emotions in people and why context (or lack of) can really make all the difference in making a clip go viral. They also share the top things you can do to increase your chances of going viral across different platforms including TikTok and YouTube.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Your audio and visual quality matters; all social media algorithms take this into account as it’s a quick way to filter out of millions of videos.
- Using good software, quality equipment like mics and ensuring a good wifi signal are all ways you can guarantee you are creating higher quality content.
- Namedropping is an easy way to help your clip go viral. It gets people talking.
- Content with strong opinions becomes viral as people want to give their own thoughts and opinions too.
- Interviews which ask more unusual questions, which mean guests give more unique content to their usual interviews, are much more likely to be popular.
- Clips with less context tend to provoke more intense responses from people watching, which creates virality.
- Creating some form of controversy can increase your chances of going viral, for example, by interviewing someone controversial. Even asking more controversial questions that others might avoid makes you stand out.
BEST MOMENTS
"We always get our guests to namedrop people”
“People just love to get upset for no reason”
“Sometimes with clips we leave context out because we know it will piss people off”
“One of the main ways you go viral on social media is through comments, likes don’t really make much difference”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane explore the podcast discovery stats posted on www.thepodcasthost.com all about how people find podcasts and what makes them listen. They discuss the top listener behaviours when they discover your podcast and reveal the things you can do to help people discover you and grow your podcast audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Google isn’t where people generally search for podcasts, they search in app.
- Think about the person looking for your podcast and what you can do to make this easier.
- Your podcast name and episode titles need to be optimised and explain what your content is.
- Don’t overlook your artwork, is it clear and does it grab attention?
- Your audience grows by impressing people who don’t know you.
- Good guests are important for growth because you are tapping into someone else’s audience.
- The stats suggest the podcast description is one of the first deciders on whether or not something listens to your podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
"It’s getting easier for people to find new podcasts”
“The titles of your episodes need to be SEO stacked”
“If you can tap into somebody else’s audience then you’re onto a winner”
“The way people act and what they say is often very different”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane share how to maintain your enthusiasm when you are struggling to feel motivated podcasting. They talk about how you can stay consistent despite challenges, discuss the importance of discipline over motivation, share strategies for dealing with rejection, and explore whether taking breaks is beneficial.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Outsourcing challenging aspects of podcasting (like editing) can help maintain enthusiasm and ensure long term consistency
- When seeking guests or sponsors, getting rejections is actually a positive sign, it means you're aiming high enough
- Treating podcasting as a hobby rather than just a way to make money, can lead to better long term success and motivation
- Consistency is key! Showing up regularly, even when you aren’t feeling motivated, leads to better results over time
- Guest booking becomes more challenging as your podcast grows, requiring dedicated effort and persistence, plan for this.
- Fall in love with the process of podcasting, rather than focusing solely on the outcome
- Taking breaks can break momentum and make it harder to return to podcasting
- Having a clear "why" beyond monetary gain helps maintain motivation during tough periods
BEST MOMENTS
"If everyone's saying yes, you've just got to look at yourself in the mirror and be like, well, I'm better than this."
"The people that make the most money from podcasting are usually the ones that aren't doing it for money at the start."
"I think seeing a podcast as a hobby is massively underutilised."
"You can't just not turn up to work one day because you don't really fancy it if you're an entrepreneur and you're serious about it."
"If you're going to treat it as a business, treat it as a business in every respect."
"The vast majority of people don't carry on because as soon as you break that routine... you just fill that void that extra time with something else."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about authenticity and the mistakes you could be making that are devaluing you as a podcast host. From engaging with your audience to how to manage trends, this is the advice you need to listen to if you want to build longevity and trust in your podcast and remain authentic.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Unaligned sponsorships. Once you have built up a reputation as an expert in your space, you need to be careful who you work with or you could damage your reputation.
- Prioritising trends over authenticity is an easy but poor decision to make as a podcaster. Your content needs to be purposeful and aligned with your niche.
- Don’t endorse things you don’t truly believe in or may change your mind on.
- As you build a show, you need to consistently engage with your audience and take on their feedback.
- Lack of vulnerability can be damaging, not sharing your personal stories can make your podcast feel less relatable.
- Rushing episodes because you aren’t organised can mean you are putting out poor content which will impact you and your show's reputation.
BEST MOMENTS
“The thing that is worse than selling the same thing from a lot of different brands is selling something completely irrelevant”
“Don’t just try and get your opinion on controversial topics because it’s trending”
“The biggest thing in podcasting is people’s relationship with the host”
“If you always put your guest on a pedestal then you become a chat show host like Graham Norton”
“Make sure you’ve got good production, make sure you’ve planned”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ben Askins joins Ash and Kane to discuss how he created and sold a luxury digital marketing agency and his journey to becoming a viral content creator with 1.5 million followers in just 18 months. He shares insights and experiences regarding content creation, tackling topics from the challenges of handling viral growth to the effects of social media on politics. He also gives his perspectives on business, management, and the future of green technology.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Building a luxury brand requires a different approach as direct outreach doesn't work; instead, focus on inbound marketing and making brands want to approach you.
- Content creators can get locked into their audience's expectations, forcing them to maintain certain viewpoints even if their actual opinions evolve.
- Personal branding should be broader than your business niche. Ben's content about management helps his green tech company by opening doors through his influence.
- The most relatable content often performs best, so stories about common workplace frustrations resonate more than extreme scenarios.
- Growing a successful content following doesn't require fancy production. Ben's simple setup of talking to a camera against a blank wall generated 750 million views!
- When starting a business young, many will be patronising until you hit a tipping point, then they'll claim your success was obvious or lucky.
- Social media has completely changed the way we consume information, Ben's content sometimes gets more views than traditional news outlets, proving the shift in media influence.
BEST MOMENTS
"We were very good at hiring good people to kinda help us out as we knew nothing we couldn’t kid ourselves we could do it on our own”
"There is a snobbery to luxury, and what I mean by that is you can't show you're too keen."
"I get branded like a career expert and HR expert. I'm not that. I just a lot of all the knowledge I have is on a sort of practical level."
"I think content creators sit between... celebrities and in the sense of like, I think content creators people feel a more of a personal connection to in a lot of ways."
"Either at some point as a country we're either going to be selling the tech or purchasing it. That's just a fact."
"I love that about social, the fact that people can monetise things they absolutely love. I think that's got to be good for the world and society in general."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.linkedin.com/in/askinsben/
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane have crowned this as one of the best episodes they have made, full of valuable knowledge from serial entrepreneur, bestselling author and international speaker Daniel Priestly. Daniel shares his thoughts on the state of the UK right now, where you can find the right opportunities as an entrepreneur and content creator and how to become a key person of influence. He also talks about why business brands are dead, his experience of being interviewed on Diary of a CEO and his blueprint for turning your audience into customers.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
· From getting better advertising results to hiring talent, creating a personal brand for a business is one of the essential ways to make your business run better. This was the initial reason Daniel started guesting on podcasts.
· Daniel has been given more speaking opportunities since appearing on Diary of a CEO and has been able to increase his speakers fee too.
· Daniel reveals he would have paid hundreds of thousands to appear on Diary of a CEO because it generated millions in revenue. His Score app gained 9,000 monthly trials, Dent saw hundreds of sign-ups, and he sold 30,000 extra books.
· Daniel believes Dubai represents a modern "frontier city" where ambitious entrepreneurs can thrive without tax constraints. He admits if he were 25 again, he'd "murder it in Dubai" working 80-hour weeks to build wealth quickly.
· Drawing from his 15 years running Dent Global, Daniel argues that entrepreneurship can't be taught through traditional education it must be learned through hands on experience.
· From his extensive podcast guest experience, Daniel has learned the crucial importance of hooking listeners in the first 30 seconds. He intentionally front loads his accomplishments and value proposition rather than giving slow biographical intros.
· Daniel still runs private dinner parties to bring together high level connections, people will attend just to meet other guests even if they don't know the host. This is his hack for becoming a key person of influence!
· Based on his analysis of modern business, Daniel thinks AI will handle functional tasks but can't replicate the human ability to make things happen that wouldn't otherwise occur, which he believes is key to future success.
· From growing multiple successful companies, Daniel advocates using "campaigns" rather than niches - pointing to Nike's evolution from running shoes to multiple targeted campaigns as the model for how businesses should grow and expand.
BEST MOMENTS
"Because of technology, you can build a network at scale of tens of hundreds if not millions of people, where people like and trust you because of things like podcasts”
“I don’t think entrepreneurship can be taught”
"Small businesses do very very well targeting the top 1%"
"Growing your personal brand just makes everything else easier"
"Business brands don't work anymore... Elon Musk has burst into the car industry and Tesla's worth more than the entire industry combined as a market capitalisation. He's been able to achieve his growth with minimal amounts of debt relative to other car companies."
"The most patriotic thing you could do is leave [the UK] because it sends them a signal - you lost me, you crossed the line, and then they dial it back."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane and Ash examine the many types of companies that are ideal for podcast sponsorship, including established brands entering new markets, businesses with high-value target customers, and those unable to advertise on traditional platforms, as well as touching on the importance of brand awareness for high-ticket items and the potential for partnerships.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Established companies looking to penetrate new markets often seek partnerships with creators who are seen as thought leaders in those spaces. This helps build brand awareness and credibility among new audiences.
- Companies with high-ticket items, such as gold bullion or specialised software, benefit from podcast sponsorship as it allows them to reach decision-makers who require multiple touchpoints before making a purchase.
- Certain industries, like CBD, crypto, and gambling, face advertising restrictions on many platforms.
- Podcasts provide an alternative avenue for these brands to reach their target audience effectively.
- Companies launching new products often allocate advertising budgets for promotional campaigns.
- Targeting these companies during key times, such as Black Friday or Christmas, can lead to fruitful sponsorship opportunities.
- As businesses increasingly seek to build personal connections, partnering with influencers who have established personal brands can be a strategic move.
- A partnership approach allows companies to tap into existing reputations rather than building their own from scratch.
BEST MOMENTS
"If you've got a large company... finding a creator in that space who's seen as a thought leader is a really, really good way of doing that."
"Companies with high value target customers... often softwares, they make great sense for podcasting because..."
"You can't run Facebook ads for somebody to go, hey, do you want to buy blocks of gold?"
"If you know a company has a product coming out... then that could be a great person to target because they'll have budget ready to go."
"I think more of that will happen with those big companies that don't have a personal brand behind them."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane in part two of a two-episode series, based on a recent LinkedIn post where they asked for the best tips and advice from podcasters and content creators. They discuss and dissect some of the answers and give their own expert advice too.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
· Link previous episodes in your show notes, particularly if they are related to what you are talking about.
· Create a process checklist for episodes, to ensure you don’t miss any steps and create a seamless production process.
· Find practical ways to combat your imposter syndrome or anxieties around podcasting, this is one of the biggest things that hold podcast hosts back.
· Merchandising can work if you already have a large audience but not if your audience is small, you have to also consider the quality of the merch you put out.
· Creating a verbal hook in the first few seconds of a YouTube clips is essential, you can then create a start, middle and end structure to the video, this will help virality
· When you are creating clips, it is useful to ask for an outsider's perspective to choose as you are too involved in the process and may pick something that needs more context.
· A good habit to build is to travel with some equipment, so you can take advantage of any podcast opportunity.
· People are very generous with their time when it comes to podcasting, don’t be scared to reach out to people. Podcasters who are successful are also audacious and have no shame in asking for what they want.
BEST MOMENTS
"I do love spreadsheets!”
“It’s undeniable that the first 1-2 seconds is the most important thing, but don’t neglect the rest of it”
“It’s a good habit to travel with some equipment”
“The people who consistently do that massively outperform everyone else”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Fight Imposter Syndrome and Stop Procrastinating With Mindset Coach Paul Sheppard:
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/interview-with-paul-sheppard
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In a recent LinkedIn post, Ash and Kane asked for the best tips and advice from podcasters and content creators. In part one of a two-episode series, they discuss and dissect some of the answers, giving their own expert advice along the way.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Ask yourself, before changing anything about your podcast. Is this going to make the experience better or worse for your listeners?
- Figuring out who your listener is helps you create the right content and find your niche.
- Be really clear about what it is you want from your podcast, why are you creating it, what is your why, who is listening to it, who is it for?
- As a host, you need to be actively listening to your guest, don’t rush them through questions and make sure you are creating a conversation that flows.
- When interviewing, always consider the questions your listeners would want to be asking the guest right now, you are interviewing for them.
- Collaborate with your competitors!
BEST MOMENTS
"Keep your listener in mind when creating content”
“Too many people can’t articulate what it is, who it’s for, why I’m listening”
“Be part of the conversation and actively listen”
“Collaboration over competition all day long”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane give their key takeaways from the recent podcast interview of Donald Trump on the Joe Rogan Experience. They discuss Joe’s techniques as podcast host, the things Donald Trump does well as he is interviewed and why this could well be the first podcast episode ever to swing an election result.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The interview is pure promotion for Donald Trump with the election happening next month.
- Joe didn’t challenge Trump as much as he has previous guests on the podcast.
- This could have been one of the first times Joe has used his huge podcast platform to influence others, politically.
- A podcast interview is a strong piece of political campaigning, if the host is onside with the candidate, there are minimal interruptions and arguments.
- There is clear evidence that YouTube is treating this podcast interview differently to other content, throttling its exposure and essentially shadow-banning it.
BEST MOMENTS
"He did a million views an hour for his first day and a bit”
“I think this is one of the few times Joe is using his platform for influence”
“I genuinely think he is using his influence”
“If you are uninformed you are like, Joe agrees, that’s my opinion”
“A lot of journalists lie about their agenda and try and pretend they aren’t biased”
“This will be the first podcast that has swung an election”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline the ways you can monetise your podcast guests. They also talk about how you can make money from being a podcast guest yourself and why podcasting gives you unique opportunities to monetise as well as build your network.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Being a podcaster allows you to speak to people more easily. People are more willing to talk with you.
- Ask your guests to introduce you to the best people they know, they will recommend good people and will also help make the connection.
- Referrals from guests as well as being shown to their audience are two major ways you can build your network, audience and your client base too. All creating monetisation opportunities.
BEST MOMENTS
"One of the things you unlock when you have a podcast is the ability to get somebody in a room easily”
“Some of the best interviews we have had is where another guest has introduced us”
“All these doors that open, just through the guests”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane put AI researching capabilities to the test in this episode! Ash uses AI to generate some interview questions for Kane about podcasting, entrepreneurship, business and more. Kane talks about why he switched to podcasting from a Law degree, what he would sacrifice for his business and his perfect hack for mastering work/life balance as a entrepreneur!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you have a guest that you don’t know a lot about, used in the right way AI can be a helpful research tool.
- Kane went from completing a Law degree to a career in sales. The harsh realities of what it would eventually take to make the money he wanted and the high level of competition meant that sales was going to be a better option!
- Meeting Rob Moore whilst working at Costa, gave Kane a glimpse of what he wanted his future life to look like, the £500 tips from Rob and his supercars were impressive!
- Working with Rob Moore gave Kane his first knowledge of Podcasting and shaped how he viewed the industry.
- If you want to be successful, then you have to make sacrifices and spend the time doing it. If you don’t other people will and they will get the opportunities.
- Dating can be a challenge for any entrepreneur, it can be difficult for another person to understand the passion they have for their business and why they dedicate so much of their energy and time to it.
- Kane’s first sale for the podcasting agency was 10k, it is still one of his proudest achievements.
- Everything is a people business, Kane attributes so much of his success to his ability to build relationships and work well with people.
BEST MOMENTS
"All I wanted to do was make money so I pursued a job in sales”
“On a podcast, he (Rob Moore) will ask the really difficult questions which I think is where the best content comes”
“We have a shared vision so I feel like we’re socialising even If we’re talking about business, goals, future”
“On my hierarchy of values, nothing is higher than my own goals”
“Everything is a people business”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe. They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Katie Lyons, a celebrity talent booker, joins Ash and Kane in this episode. She talks to Ash and Kane about her approach to booking guests, sharing her successful strategies including why approaching guests directly never works! Listen in to learn how to get a good name on your show even if you don’t have a big budget and how you can give yourself an edge over your competitors when booking celebrities for your podcast show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Katie has worked for indie broadcasters and the likes of the BBC producing everything from festival programming to breakfast shows and now she books top names for podcasts including Tom Hardy, Sir David Jason and even Steven Spielberg!
- COVID effectively stopped TV and in between homeschooling, Katie recognised the market for booking podcasts and this is when she began matching celebrities to podcasts.
- Katie’s network which she has built over the years is one of her most valuable assets.
- Persistence, looking for an ‘in’ with celebs and selling the benefits to them is a way to give yourself an edge over competitors.
- When approaching podcasters, Katie always asks for their wishlist of celebrity guests as a good starting point but she advises hosts to be realistic.
- Research is key, every big celebrity has a multitude of people working with them, so knowing who to go to is essential.
- If you are paying for a celebrity, ensure you create a proper contract with them, think about things like collaborations, social media posting etc!
- If a celebrity wants to promote something you are more likely to get discounted rates, sometimes there won’t be a charge at all.
- Even though Katie gets a lot of inbound leads, she still does a lot of outreach, to get the right celebrities for the right podcasts and vice versa.
BEST MOMENTS
"I always ask a producer for their wish list”
“Even if you know the talent there’s no point going to them directly because they’ll still need to speak to their agent”
“You’ve got to know the right person to go to”
“I’ve found such a niche, it’s going really well”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
katie@starbookings.co.uk
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Ashley Morris (Podcast Consultant) and Kane Baron (Public Speaker) help independent podcasters launch, grow and monetise a podcast. They run the UK’s largest podcast agency for independent creators, Progressive Media. Progressive Media take care of all things production, copywriting, design and video for podcasters round the globe.They have also recently launched Pod Partnerships, a new venture created to connect established podcasters with valuable audiences and innovative brands to create and manage win-win sponsorship campaigns.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane speak to Podcaster and YouTuber Motorhome Matt, who has over a million downloads across 150 episodes! Matt shares what made him begin podcasting in the first place, why he has had so much success in his niche and the many monetisation opportunities it has given him, from speaking at events to partnerships.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Matt's podcast started as a marketing tool for his leisure shop but has evolved into a significant revenue stream and brand building platform.
- The Motorhome Matt Approved Directory, a curated list of endorsed products and services, has become a good income source for the podcast.
- Authenticity and thoroughly vetting sponsors before endorsing them is essential if you want to maintain audience trust.
- Creating the podcast has given Matt various monetisation opportunities, from speaking engagements to media partnerships, and potential mainstream media opportunities.
- Matt's focus on serving the consumer and providing valuable content is what he believes has contributed to the podcast's success and loyalty among listeners.
- The podcast's success has positively impacted Matt's other businesses too, including his shop, motorhome hire, and storage services.
- Matt's strategy of planning content well in advance and batching recordings helps maintain consistency in publishing weekly episodes.
- The podcast's niche focus has allowed it to become a dominant voice in the motorhome industry, with little direct competition!
BEST MOMENTS
"I listen every week, I have probably consumed most of your content.”
“I joke that he was grooming me into how to do a podcast”!
“What’s weird is we have no competition in our niche.”
"I hate YouTube adverts. I hate waiting for that skip button and our audience hate it too. All of the other YouTubers in our industry are monetising and people with 50 plus thousand, a hundred thousand subscribers are scraping an income out of it."
"Building a retail business that has a bricks and mortar shop. So real shop and online post pandemic. I'm what a stupid idea, I thought let's do it. What could go wrong?"
"We're really focused on getting our industry into the mainstream in a positive light. We deserve to be, and getting a really informative spokesperson that can share what's going on behind the scenes of our industry"
EPISODE RESOURCES
https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/motorhome-matt/id1599553308
https://www.youtube.com/MotorhomeMatt
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about your first ten podcast episodes in just ten minutes! They share why it’s important to record 10 episodes before launch, how to get the right amount of variety in your content, how to choose your first interview and what you need to showcase as a new podcast host in these first 10 episodes.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Having 6 episodes to launch with means that people will start to listen and stay, from day 1.
- If you record 10 episodes before launch, you then have the remaining four episodes to keep you ahead of schedule or to create a bank of episodes.
- You get better the more you record, your episode 10 will sound better than episode 1, so when launching, upload in reverse order so that people are hearing your best episode first.
- Keep your very first episode more generic for your audience.
- Include at least one interview in your first 10 episodes, try and showcase some variety.
- If you have the opportunity to interview your best guest in one of your first episodes, then do it, don’t put it off to a later episode.
BEST MOMENTS
"Release 6 (episodes) on day one, that makes you feel less new"
"You’ll be so much better in episode 10 than 1, there’s probably a bigger difference between episodes 1 and 10 than 10 and 100”
“Get at least one interview in”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-1
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/046-how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-2
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about the current changes in the podcasting space, especially focusing on the moves Spotify is making, including buying out the useful resource for podcasters; Chartable. Ash and Kane also talk about video podcasts and where they sit in the market.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Chartable, which can be used to promote your podcast with stats and analytics, is closing as it has been bought by Spotify.
- From Dec 12th, to have all the trackable features chartable has you will need to join Spotify for podcasters, but charts will be gone.
- Currently Podcasting is decentralised, Spotify are looking to change that by buying up multiple companies in the space.
- Whilst it’s true video podcasts are growing, the stats frequently quoted aren’t a true picture. Often video shows autoplay so makes the stats appear higher.
- Video is good for clips on social media, but if people want a video podcast, then YouTube is where they will go, not Spotify.
BEST MOMENTS
"Everyone used chartable to get the Apple charts”
“Podcasting is the Wild West in the best possible way”
“Spotify are buying everything"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane explore the pros, cons, dos, and don'ts of podcast cohosting in this episode. They discuss how having a cohost can enhance content engagement and relieve pressure, but also talk about the things you need to consider before cohosting. They also share the downsides of cohosting and why it isn’t just scheduling challenges you may be up against when hosting your podcast alongside someone else!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Having a co-host takes the pressure off, it can help make solo content more engaging.
- You need to build a relationship with someone before being cohosts, to have rapport built already before creating content for your audience
- Your dedication needs to be aligned as co-hosts for your podcast to be successful and to stop anybody wasting their time (and money!)
- Scheduling can be more difficult with a cohost, both your diaries have to be taken into account, this can be even more of a challenge when interviewing guests
- It’s worth having some paperwork before you start cohosting, so everyone knows where they stand, particularly if any issues arise further down the line.
- Creating and hosting a podcast with someone else creates accountability, you can’t put off doing content and recording.
- Hosting alongside someone else makes it easier for you to showcase your personality, creating authenticity and building a better relationship with your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
"I think that’s what people like about cohosts, it’s feeling part of something when the hosts have a relationship”
“You might not be making anything but when you are you want to sort that shit out beforehand”
“Having roles is quite important”
“Cohost interviews annoy me quite often”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane are joined by Paul, a podcast host coach. He has over 25 years of experience coaching hosts, including Scott Mills, and in recent years this has focused specifically on podcast hosts. Paul talks about some of the timeless traits of a great host and gives real examples of amazing hosts and what makes them that way, including Trevor Mills, Dodge Woodhall and Lewis Capaldi. Paul also shares the podcast hosts he thinks are doing great things, what we can learn from them and common mistakes podcast hosts make.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Paul uses the knowledge and experience he has gained over the past 25 years and applies it to podcast hosts to help make good shows great.
- The concept of the love shack is to get anyone involved in producing a show in a room and to talk about what they love about each other, it then helps the hosts figure out who they are as characters. It also builds confidence.
- Courage and bravery are important in a host, they have to be able to push guests to answer difficult questions.
- Authenticity and letting the audience feel like they know you, is a sign of a great host.
- Don’t underestimate the power of humour as a host, especially if the subject you are talking about is quite dry.
- Building and painting pictures with words is a technique you can learn as a host to make your audience feel like they are with you, experiencing what you are talking about.
- Every podcast episode should have a point and some structure, it’s important as a host to not ‘waffle’.
- It’s not true that everyone has an interesting story to tell, podcasters need to be wary about which guests they choose and what they base their content around.
- The right amount of preparation before a show can help you build the right rapport and give you background before interviewing a guest.
- Emotional intelligence is essential to being a good podcast host, to know when and where to push a guest, for example.
- Getting your questioning right, to the deep whys of a guest’s life, makes an interview more interesting and engaging, creating more depth.
BEST MOMENTS
"He’s just brave to ask those questions”
“It helps the listeners of your podcast really build a genuine relationship with you”
“Sense of humour is really important”
“There are still glass ceilings to be broken by podcasting and that’s why I’m really excited by it”
“Steven Bartlett is top of his game no doubt, but what’s the extra 2% that he can do”
“It’s become a hobby, but a hobby that’s opening doors as well”
“The hole in the wall is the feature, the nail in the wall is the benefit, but the 50inch TV is the outcome…some people can’t look past the nail”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Paul@thepodcasthostcoach.co.uk
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about two successful ways you can monetise your podcast pre-launch and at launch, either via sponsorship or launching with an offer. Make sure to check out episodes focused on the stages of launching a podcast for a more in-depth look at how to create an offer:
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-1
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/046-how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-2
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It is more than possible to get good sponsorship deals before you launch your podcast. There are various business models out there that use a similar approach, such as festivals and start-ups.
- Approach pitching to sponsors like a partnership, show them what you can offer to them and what they will be getting out of working with you.
- Podcasting advertising gives the highest return on spend -vs- any other type of advertising, more than TV, social media, and YouTube.
- If you have a course, mastermind, mentoring or anything information based, this works great to give as a launch offer. Even if you don’t have any of these things you can create a course or mentorship specifically as a subscribing bonus or prize.
BEST MOMENTS
"Anytime someone tells us you can’t monetise a podcast before you launch we laugh in their face”
“We’re basically a comedy show at this point”
“Podcast advertising sees the highest return on ad spend compared to any other advertising”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
How to launch a podcast:
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-1
https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/046-how-to-launch-a-number-1-podcast-part-2
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about membership sites and the bonuses you can offer. They reveal the best bonus content you can create or give away to your members in different tiers and also talk about the positives of these and the situations in which they can work well.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you put ads and sponsors you can create a tier on your membership site to remove ads.
- Early release for content and pre-edited content are good bonuses you can offer.
- Q&A sessions with guests work well as a bonus if you can facilitate them.
- Any bonus and exclusive content is something members want.
- Challenges for your members help engagement as well as sign-ups. Think about a challenge that relates to the content and information you are selling.
- ‘Ask me anything’ sessions are popular with members but another plus point to these is that the content doesn’t need to be planned.
- You don’t have to create every piece of content for your site; you can get guests to as well, in the form of keynotes, lectures etc
BEST MOMENTS
"Any content where you’re selling information…you can make a challenge and that’s a really easy way to get people in [to your membership site]”
“Every week you can do an ‘ask me anything’, this is content you don’t need to plan”
“You want people to keep coming to your membership site and staying”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Should I use a business account or personal account for my business? In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about the downsides of business brands and why building your personal (or personality!) brand is far superior. They also discuss why launching a branded podcast isn’t always the marketing opportunity you think it is and what you can do instead!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you are looking to market a company you are working for, launching a branded podcast is not a good idea. A better idea is to use a fraction of your ad budget to sponsor an existing show.
- People buy into personal brands, so it’s easier to build an audience.
- Podcasting allows you to create and craft your call to action, tailoring it specifically to your audience. This leads to a higher conversion rate with ads, sponsorship etc.
BEST MOMENTS
"Branded podcasts are stupid”
“[Sponsorship] is cheaper, quicker and easier than launching your own podcast”
“That’s the difference between someone converting or not, hearing that message and going ‘oh that’s for me, that makes sense’.”
“Business brands are dead, people don’t want to engage with business brands”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about their favourite creator led businesses in this episode. They also discuss some interesting stats from Patreon and OnlyFans and discuss the businesses that leverage creators the best.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When creators get big, sites like Patreon aren’t beneficial anymore, they take 7-8%, which when you are making hundreds or thousands or more is a big chunk of cash
- Pateron lose their biggest money-making creators because of their fees
- Size can also impact the ability for a creator to be paid what they are worth from a sponsor
- Mr Beast gets an average of 2 million views per video. He has created various different businesses from his brand including chocolate bars and toys.
- Dave Ramsay is the world's biggest seller of business and money courses. He has released books, courses and has a media empire including a radio show and podcast.
- Congo brands have had a lot of success with leveraging creators including launching the Prime drink brand with Logan Paul and KSI.
- The Hubspot podcast network is licensing shows, essentially turning creators into employees.
BEST MOMENTS
"When a show gets so big, suddenly that money becomes so meaningful to just give away 8% so they create their own platform elsewhere”
“Because he couldn’t get consistent sponsorship deals that would pay what he was worth he just thought ‘I’d start my own business’”.
“He makes Grant Cardone look like a nobody”
“Their number one ad-spend is on podcasts”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane is joined by Alex Sanfilippo to give an update on podcasting. Looking at current data, Alex and Kane talk about what is happening in podcasting including current active podcasts, download numbers, trends in audiences and more. They also talk about the failure rate of podcasts and what things you can do as a podcaster to ensure you aren’t in the 99% of podcasts that fail.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- By tracking through Google trends, Alex can see that the hype and buzz around podcasting remains very high.
- Less people are podcasting which means more opportunities for existing and new podcasters.
- As a podcaster, accountability matters, this doesn’t have to be financial it can be in the form of a group or community, to help you stay on track and remain consistent.
- The 100th episode tends to be a magic number in podcasting, it’s when a show generally starts to yield big results.
- There’s a 94% failure rate for podcasters hitting the 100th episode mark and it’s as high as 99% if the data is based on releasing less than 3 episodes.
- A niche podcast isn’t a reason for failure; it’s actually a reason for success. The internet has made the world smaller, being niche is powerful.
- Podcasts are worlds apart from social media, people listen to a podcast when they are seeking out something, from knowledge to laughter.
BEST MOMENTS
"The industry buzz is still really high”
“We saw the number of active podcasts drop a lot”
“So many of us are preconditioned by social media…but it’s not the same as listening to a podcast”
“The reason it takes 100 episodes is because most of us, get better by 1% every day”
“Most podcasts don’t monetise, most don’t understand how valuable their audience is”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Ash and Kane explore why podcast ads are outperforming traditional channels and how both podcasters and advertisers can capitalise on this. Learn about maximising sponsorship opportunities, crafting effective ad messages, and leveraging the unique advantages of podcast advertising. From the power of micro influencers to the importance of trackable discount codes, Ash and Kane explain the key factors driving success in this £4 billion industry.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Don’t sell features or benefits, sell the outcomes and transformation
- Podcast ads have a better return than many more traditional advertising channels, which is why it has so much focus right now.
- The £4billion ad spend in podcasting comes from the same top 20-30% of companies.
- Discount codes and deals are essential when working with a sponsor to make things trackable. It means if they sign up from a different channel, they will still use your code and it will be attributed to you.
- Podcasters or micro influencers, are better at converting, so for marketing spend it makes sense to use them.
- Letting small podcasters have creative autonomy over and add makes it more authentic to their audience.
- One of the theories behind podcast ads converting so highly is due to the way the content is consumed. It is consumed passively whilst doing other things and in doing this, individuals generally listen more and retain information and the ad more.
- Podcasters know their audience incredibly well so they can contextualise and tailor the advertising for them.
BEST MOMENTS
"You can sponsor a podcaster and get huge leverage”
“You can see why these companies are doubling their ad spend”
“It all adds to its credibility”
That is the ultimate form of advertising, it’s fun but it’s memorable and the brand gets paid beyond when it’s paying”
“You can contextualise your advertising”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
One-Off live training with Kane to celebrate Podcast day 30th September 7pm BST: https://www.progressivesuccess.co.uk/podcastday
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane explore the different ways AI influencers and AI content creators are making money. None of these ‘creators’ are real but they are all making real money! Find out what’s happening in this space and the proof that there is no such thing as being too niche!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There are AI influences that are making 10 million dollars a year!
- AI is even creating music and it’s not always easy to tell.
- There are less tech companies on the FTSE 100 now than 10 years ago! People aren’t innovating.
- There was AI being developed over 20 years ago in the form of AI news anchors reading the news.
BEST MOMENTS
"Riverside are really making a stand on AI editors and making them good”
“There’s a robot with tits and it’s all putting you to shame”
“It doesn’t matter how good the music is I’m not listening to a robot country song”
“This was on national television years before ChatGPT was released”
“You’re never too niche, that’s the lesson”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about why The Podcaster’s Podcast was created, the value it has provided for the agency and why they love podcasting. They also talk about their highlights of creating the podcast including their favourite episodes and interviews.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- After running the biggest podcast agency and recognising podcasting is the best content to get leads, Kane decided to create the podcast.
- Podcasts have much more valuable audiences and engaged audiences -vs- social media like TikTok
- It’s a good feeling to be recognised and valued as a podcaster.
- Getting an inbound lead for sponsorship with Riverside was a big high point for Ash and Kane on the podcast.
- Any time there has been an episode where there’s been more laughter than knowledge, they know it will do well with reviews and stats, because of the good energy it projects.
- If you aren’t enjoying your content and creating, it will show, you need to try and find that joy in your podcasting journey again.
BEST MOMENTS
"That level of buy-in to a creator is completely different”
“We then asked questions we were genuinely curious about…because we were finding out at the same time as everyone else”
“Energy is everything, it’s one of those woo, woo intangible things but if you feel confident, excited, if you love it, everything flows better”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
So you’ve secured your sponsor, what do you do next? In this episode, Ash and Kane outline what to do once you have secured your podcast sponsor and discuss contracts, scripts, remaining authentic, sales and more!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Ask your sponsor, what is it they want you to pitch, is there anything new they want you to focus on for example?
- Think about the tone of the ad you want to put in your episodes, where will it naturally fit and what angle works for your content.
- It’s good to have features and benefits in your ad read for your sponsor, but scripts can feel unnatural and unauthentic.
- Larger companies will usually write up their own contract for you to sign, ensure you read through it and understand it properly before signing.
- Ensure you work with the sponsor to decide whether they want dynamic or baked-in ads and if they have preferences for where in the episode the ad appears.
- Be clear on what their expectations are from the partnership, is it purely brand awareness or is there a target of sales they are looking at.
BEST MOMENTS
"What do you want us to pitch?”
“People have a much better bullshit detector than you think they do”
“Get some sort of discount code, some urgency or scarcity…anyone who wants to get sales from it there needs to be an incentive”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane interview Adam Stott, a football content creator who shares his experiences from The United Stand to launching Forever United TV. Adam discusses the challenges of growing a YouTube channel, confronting online trolls and negativity, and the reality of being a full-time content creator. This episode is essential for budding YouTubers and content creators, providing genuine knowledge about digital content creation and the football media world.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Creating a thriving YouTube channel demands relentless dedication, with Adam broadcasting daily and pushing through holidays to sustain viewer engagement.
- The shift from conventional media to social platforms is reshaping football content, with genuineness and interaction becoming pivotal for success.
- Handling online trolls and hate is an inescapable aspect of content creation, you have to build resilience and find a supportive community to survive.
- YouTube earnings can provide a viable income for creators, but expanding revenue streams through sponsorships and collaborations is a more viable and consistent way of making money.
- Grasping and bonding with your audience is essential for your success as a creator, as it nurtures a sense of belonging and devotion among viewers.
- Content creators must brace for the impact on their personal lives, including relationships and work-life balance as the job requires a lot of attention around the clock.
- Sincerity and innovation are crucial for standing out in the packed YouTube space, with Adam stressing the significance of staying true to yourself and remaining authentic.
- The transition from structured, scripted content to unfiltered reactions is steering viewer preferences, particularly in football-related content.
BEST MOMENTS
"I stream 24/7. I don't have a day off. That's my commitment. I have to work holidays, so I'll go on holiday and I'll be live streaming three times while I'm on holiday."
"You're part of people's lives as a YouTuber. They rely on you so much. Like if I said to my subscribers, I'm going to miss this evening stream. Then we got it. That'd be absolutely, that'd be devastating."
"TV is dead. TV is dead. Like no one watches it, I can't remember the last time I actually put BBC one on apart from the Euros."
"If you know the space and you know how to manipulate it and you know how to work it, it's incredibly lucrative."
"Be original. Be you. Be original. Don't change. Don't follow. Take the tips, but be you."
"You can't polish a turd. You can have all the bright lights, the best cameras, best editor in the world, but if you're not comfortable and you're not confident in yourself and what you're doing. It ain't going to work."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCuaRQTP2datF13IbNrtwLDg
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane answer questions from their podcasting community. They talk about how to manage a video launch of an existing podcast, approaching sponsors and the best time to interview top guests when launching your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you want to launch a YouTube channel and you already have an established podcast, focus on your existing community and ways you can directly direct them to your channel when it launches for engagement.
- After the initial support, don’t feel like you need to push your audio audience into your videos. If you are trying to move/convert audiences instead focus on your social following.
- When looking for sponsorship, work backwards. Who do you think would sponsor your podcast and what would they be looking for?
- Brands don’t always recognise how valuable podcast audiences are and how engaged they are with the host but you can use stats to back this up when pitching.
- If you get a big name guest, don’t question it, just take the opportunity and interview them. Don’t put it off or mess them around and wait until you feel you are more ‘established’.
BEST MOMENTS
"I don’t watch podcasts, I listen to podcasts and there’s people that do the opposite”
“Tiktok to YouTube probably works better than Tiktok to audio”
“I know I have a valuable audience, I know they trust what I say, I know they’ll buy what I tell them to buy”
“You’ll have high growth between episodes 1 and 10, in your ability”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane combat some of the biggest challenges podcasters face in this episode. They talk about how to manage your time as a podcaster, monetisation, how to get guests, how to eliminate common tech problems and how to ensure you have niched your podcast down effectively.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Create a bank of content, so if you do find yourself with less time you can still put out episodes.
- You can use AI to give you content ideas or you can use your audience by asking what they would like to hear.
- Not having enough of a niche. Think about your strategy or/and your demographic and niche down as much as possible.
- A spreadsheet is a good way to organise researching and contacting guests, you can keep track of when and how you reached out to them and all info needed and continue to use the same sheet when a guest is on your show.
- Recording in a studio can make the whole process more enjoyable for you as a host but also eliminates tech problems.
BEST MOMENTS
"What we have found works is a niche within a niche”
“If you wanna podcast and make the biggest impact, have the biggest views, probably make the most money and enjoy it the most…do it in a studio”
“Monetisation is the biggest challenge”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Whilst AI and similar tech have made a lot of promises, they mostly haven’t lived up to podcasters' expectations. In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about the technology they wished existed in the podcast space and invite anyone who is creating similar tech to reach out to them.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- A tool that could convert podcasts into different languages, dubbed, but in the hosts voices.
- A podcaster bot. A podcast, brand or person specific AI, to create a ‘bot’ that your audience can use instead of contacting/speaking to you directly.
- Quality laptop cameras and microphones.
- A stock market for podcasts where you can invest in creators.
- VR podcasting.
BEST MOMENTS
"Boring, that’s not the future, these might be”
“That software would be unbelievable”
“A bot that we could put in the community so that when people ask us questions it just answers it”
“How are you spending 3k on a laptop and the camera is like a fucking potato, how is it that bad”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk to podcast expert Alex Sanfilippo from Podmatch. Alex gives an update on key podcasting metrics with his podcasting industry report and talks about podcasting and trends. They also discuss what makes a ‘real’ podcaster and Alex reveals the stats behind how many hosts are calling it quits!
https://podmatch.com/report
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The words podcast and podcasting have been trending among podcasters and those in the industry at the highest rate ever seen
- People looking for the community aspect of podcasting may be contributing to the upward trend of podcast / podcasting as a search term
- Podcasting activity drops over the summer months but recording a ‘bank’ of episodes means you still have content to release over busy life periods
- Almost 600 podcast hosts quit every day in podcasting
- Actively established podcasts are those that have over 100 episodes and are consistently releasing content. These can be helpful to track different metrics in podcasting and these shows are also getting 95% of all podcast listeners
- Consistency is essential for podcasting success, it’s about building your show into your listeners' habits and lives.
BEST MOMENTS
"People are looking for the community aspect [of podcasting]”
“If you want to take summer off, take summer off but have your content ramped up and ready to go”
“The data shows so few people make it in podcasting”
“There’s 8% of shows getting 95% of the listenership”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://alexsanfilippo.com
https://podmatch.com/report
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Today, Kane and Ash discuss the topic of how to monetize a podcast without actually having one. They delve into two main strategies: being a guest on other podcasts and sponsoring podcasts. They emphasize the importance of building credibility and trust when being a guest on shows, highlighting the potential for exposure to specific audiences.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Being a guest on podcasts can help reach specific audiences and build credibility, but may not directly lead to high-ticket sales unless the host has a strong background and authority.
- Sponsoring podcasts can be effective if done right, with a focus on partnering with trustworthy hosts and targeting episodes with high-profile guests for better returns.
- Negotiating sponsorship deals based on industry averages may not always be the most effective approach; understanding the value of genuine endorsements and partnerships is crucial.
- While monetizing without a podcast is possible, having your own show can enhance the effectiveness of guesting and sponsoring strategies, providing additional touchpoints for audience engagement and trust-building.
BEST MOMENTS
"A lot of people like Daniel Priestly will not have their own podcast, but just be a guest on other shows. Doing that is great to get in front of a specific audience."
"The return on investment from the few shows I know that do that and do it well, all of their sponsors make a good return."
"If being a guest once or sponsoring a show for 10 episodes and it's a good partnership, I feel like that's going to have a better return."
"One thing to add as well, just to wrap it up, is both of these things are even more effective if you do have your own podcast."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane is interviewed on The Networking Spark podcast by Jess White in this episode, all about his podcasting journey. Kane talks about how he has quickly risen to prominence in the UK podcasting industry, sharing his knowledge on all things podcasting, networking and his pragmatic approach to business and personal growth.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Networking is crucial for success in podcasting and business. Kane's major career progress came from connections he made along the way.
- Confidence can be faked until it becomes real. Things like volunteering to go first and repetition can help overcome nervousness in public speaking.
- Niching down is essential when starting a podcast or business, there's potential for massive growth by sticking with it long-term.
- Flexibility and adaptability are key when interviewing high-profile guests on your podcast, sometimes you have to make things work in less than ideal conditions, perfect doesn’t exist.
- The opportunity you're in can be more important than your ability so choose industries with higher earning potential if financial success is a goal.
- Collaboration with other podcasters and content creators can help grow your audience and open new doors.
- Don't stress about long-term plans instead focus on incremental improvements and see where it takes you.
BEST MOMENTS
"I haven't had the Sunday feeling in like three years."
"Having confidence and pretending to have confidence is the same thing. Nobody knows."
"I probably have more millionaires in my phone book than most people just have people in their phone book."
"Your network is your net worth."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane walk you through several proven strategies for using social media to grow the reach of your show.
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane debunk common podcasting myths and answer questions on everything from sponsorship to the true cost of podcasting.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Brands don’t know you exist. You have to let them know about you, you don’t necessarily need high listener numbers for them to see potential, just a loyal following.
- What do your audience spend money on and what problems do they need solving? Then look for the brands that align with this and approach them for sponsorship.
- Interviews are good for building authority but solo content is where you build real rapport with your audience.
- It’s not difficult to get guests for new podcasters, most people's favourite topic is themselves and they are happy to be interviewed on your podcast.
- You don’t have to be the best speaker to podcast, but some speaking training can help you speak more confidently. Most podcasters have zero public speaking experience.
BEST MOMENTS
“What does your audience spend money on?”
“You don’t need tens of thousands of listeners to get sponsorship”
“There’s a lot of people that haven’t been asked to be on podcasts”
“How do you expect to build an audience without creating the content first”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane create the ultimate podcast in this episode! They talk about how to design and build the perfect podcast show for you, from building on your unique knowledge to what would suit your specific audience they reveal the things you need to focus on to make a successful podcast in 2024.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There are three main ways you can niche down, by strategy, by demographic or both.
- The obvious content isn’t always the answer, try and make yourself stand out by being unique, even if it may at first seem like the boring solution.
- Think about SEO when titling, can you alter it to match your demographic and appeal to them?
- You can utilise AI as a jumping point to find titles and allow you to filter out bad ideas
- What is your audience already listening to, where are they consuming content? This is where you need to place your podcast and marketing.
- How can you build a community for your show and content, could you do in person networking events or would an online community work better for your demographic?
BEST MOMENTS
“Niche down, it’s actually easier”
“If you ask people our age where do you find podcasts a lot of them will tell you TikTok”
“I’d mostly do interview shows”
“I think with our age group, something community related would be pretty cool”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane explore podcast production with Josh Haines, the mastermind behind the hugely successful "Eventful Lives" podcast. In this episode, Josh talks to Ash and Kane about creating viral content, optimising YouTube channels, and building personal brands. From thumbnail design secrets to the art of crafting compelling titles, Josh shares knowledge that will transform your podcasting game.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Thumbnail design is crucial: Use enhanced headshots, level eye lines, and experiment with colours like hot pink to stand out.
- Craft engaging titles by focusing on keywords and adapting them for different platforms.
- Trailers are key to success: Spend 1-2 days creating a compelling 30-60 second trailer for each episode.
- Optimise YouTube descriptions with clear introductions and timestamps to improve discoverability and viewer experience.
- Build personal brands alongside the podcast by creating separate content and varying backgrounds for guest appearances.
- Maintain a backlog of 7-10 episodes, balancing timely content with efficient production.
- Keep podcasting fun by continuously learning new skills and celebrating small milestones to stay motivated.
- Be selective with content. Don't be afraid to not publish episodes that don't meet your quality standards or feel right.
BEST MOMENTS
"We've seen different responses from people. YouTube's now got AB testing on the thumbnails, which means you can upload three and send it out to different audiences and see how it performs."
"There's some words that sound amazing. Oh my God, that's the best word for this title. But it might be the word millionaire, for example, which would take up... nine characters."
"Keep it fun, keep it as fun as you can. There's different ways of keeping it fun... Even if it's an episode that I didn't really love... I know that I'm proud to put that out."
"We've actually set aside time to just focus on Dodge Whittle clips, not during the podcast... We've replicated the studio setup here... just to tee him up, to get him flowing."
Josh on YouTube growth: "YouTube's a game. That's all I've learned. It's like a casino. They give you a little bit and then you think you're doing really well, and then you might shot up two weeks later, and then you're back down."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane explore the often-overlooked world of podcast websites and SEO with expert Aime from Studio Cotton. Aime shares her knowledge and thoughts on leveraging websites to boost podcast visibility, attract sponsors and enhance the overall listener experience. From SEO tricks to monetisation strategies, Aime, Kane and Ash give practical advice that could revolutionise your podcasting game.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- A podcast website is crucial for brand ownership, SEO, and monetisation opportunities, allowing podcasters to fully control their online presence and offer additional value to sponsors.
- Effective podcast websites should include individual episode pages, guest pitching guidance, pre-recording information, and a guest media page to facilitate promotion and backlinks.
- For new podcasters, starting with a simple platform like Squarespace can be a cost-effective way to begin building an online presence and attracting potential sponsors.
- Podcasters with 5,000+ downloads per episode should consider investing in a more comprehensive website to leverage their audience for sponsorships and affiliate marketing.
- Well-structured show notes are vital for SEO, focusing on specific, literal descriptions of episode content rather than marketing fluff or repetitive information.
- Transcripts, while good for accessibility, may not be the best solution for SEO; concise, targeted content about the episode is more effective for search engine rankings.
- Using AI for content creation can be risky, as it often produces low-quality, unoriginal content that may negatively impact a podcast's reputation and SEO in the long run.
- Incorporating unique elements like sponsor logos, affiliate links, and resource lists on episode pages can make a podcast more attractive to potential sponsors and provide additional value to listeners.
BEST MOMENTS
"It kind of blows my mind that you guys in the world of podcasting aren't taking the same advantage of this really engaged, really plentiful traffic."
"Every single person who might sponsor your podcast is also working on their SEO, is also working on their brand presence. So if you can say, 'Hey, if you sponsor us on our website, you will also have your logo in our footer on every single episode,' it just makes you a lot more appealing as a commercial investment."
"As much as a lot of podcasts think that sponsorship might be out of their reach, a lot of potential sponsors also think that they can't sponsor a podcast because they are not Better Help and they're not Airbnb."
"If you create a website that is basically optimised to just list audio files, it keeps that traffic in a place where it's unlikely to form those long-term relationships."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.linkedin.com/in/aime-cox-16b893173/?original_referer=https%3A%2F%2Fwww%2Egoogle%2Ecom%2F&originalSubdomain=uk
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Today Kane talks with Alex Sanfilippo, about the state of podcasting. They delve into various statistics and insights related to podcasting, such as the number of active podcasts, the importance of consistency in reaching milestones like 100 episodes, and the significance of having the right guests on a podcast. They also touch on the value of podcast listenership and the importance of focusing on quality over quantity when it comes to audience engagement.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting Saturation: Despite there being over 3 million podcasts, only about 400,000 are actively producing episodes, showing that podcasting is not as saturated as it may seem.
- Established Podcasts: Around 130,000 podcasts are actively established, releasing episodes consistently and on track to make an impact in the podcasting world.
- Chances of Success: Only about 7% of podcasts reach the milestone of 100 episodes, highlighting the importance of consistency and commitment in podcasting.
- Podcast Guesting: With an estimated 4 million people wanting to be guests on podcasts, it's crucial for podcasters to be selective in choosing guests to maintain the quality of their content.
- Podcast Listenership: Achieving 30 listeners in the first seven days of a new episode release puts a podcast in the top 50% of all podcasts, emphasizing the value of engaged listeners over sheer numbers.
BEST MOMENTS
- "I owe nothing to my guests, but everything to my listeners. I really like that. Even if it's 30 people, those are bums in seats listening to you for an hour every week. It's valuable."
- "The wrong listeners make your data irrelevant. I had somebody boost my podcast with 20,000 listens in one day, ruining my data. It's all wrong. Self-discipline is key in podcasting."
- "If you're in a room on a stage with 30 people in it, is that not extremely valuable? And if I told you those 30 people would show up every week to hear you talk, would you not show up every week to talk to them?"
- "I always say that podcast listeners are like people sitting in seats. Could you imagine being on a stage and 4,800 people were sitting in that auditorium listening to you? Like, is that not the most valuable thing ever?"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk through the reasons you need to focus on the audio listeners of your podcast. Whilst a video podcast is important in 2024, Ash and Kane explain why it’s essential you don’t neglect your core listenership in favour of platforms like YouTube.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When launching focus on the Apple charts, this is where you want to be directing your downloads.
- Apple podcasts are decentralised, you are able to speak freely and the algorithms won’t disrupt your feed.
- YouTube has a lot of rules and things it will de-platform or demonetise you for.
- Although YouTube doesn’t want to be seen as censoring content, it does so in the form of shadow banning and reducing reach.
- Retention on audio is higher than video, generally because listeners have made a conscious choice to find and listen to that content. It hasn’t been suggested by an algorithm.
- Dynamic ads allow you to resell your content to multiple people.
BEST MOMENTS
“Apple charts is the Grammy’s in the music industry”
“To listen to a podcast, you’ve had to actively make the decision that you want to consume that content”
“Dynamic ads are big for podcasts as then you can sell the same content to multiple people”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss creative and unconventional ways to monetise your podcast beyond traditional approaches such as sponsorships and affiliates. From using content for investment opportunities to offering exclusive access to back catalogues they outline six innovative strategies they have seen from other successful podcasters.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Some podcasters, like Alex Hormozi, use their content to build trust and expertise, enabling them to invest in businesses at favourable terms or acquire equity through consulting.
- Dan Carlin's Hardcore History podcast monetises by releasing only a few episodes per year and putting older episodes behind a Patreon paywall, generating over $40,000 monthly.
- The Lore podcast successfully expanded its intellectual property into books and TV shows, earning its creator an estimated $6 million annually from licensing deals.
- Some airlines license podcast episodes for in-flight entertainment, providing an additional revenue stream for creators like Steven Bartlett.
- The Detour podcast offers guided audio tours of cities, combining storytelling with real-world exploration for a unique listener experience.
- Being a podcast guest can be a monetisation strategy, allowing individuals to reach new audiences and promote their products or services without hosting their own show.
- Some podcasters charge guests to appear on their shows, particularly in niche markets or for locally focused content.
- The "Hey Mr. Jim" podcast created a branded physical product – a child-friendly radio that plays only their content, selling for £97 plus shipping.
BEST MOMENTS
"Dan goes to like, the extreme and he'll do, Three or four episodes a year. They're all about historic event, but they're like PHD level deep dive of one very specific historical event."
"So the premise of this podcast is very similar to when you go to a gallery or museum. You put the headphones on and there's a guided tour."
"Daniel Priestly does this really well. He guests on all sorts of podcasts and it's increased downloads of his software company score app massively."
"Essentially, the way he monetised was marketing agencies or companies that wanted to sell to marketing agencies, basically anything in that ecosystem, they would pay to come on and he would ask them questions."
"Kids all over the world wanted their characters to be in the stories and they wanted specific stories for them or they wanted to be in the stories. So because the parents just want their kids to go to bed and get what they want, you paid to join his Patreon."
"You could be that trend you have like the opposite... for every like massive veganism group. You've got like the carnivores, right?"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane do a podcast industry update in quiz form, revealing the top-performing podcasts in the UK right now, Spotify’s new video uploading feature and how to start recognising the value in your podcast audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Spotify’s video uploading feature looks exciting at face value but as it doesn’t use an RSS feed there could be negative consequences for podcasters analytics.
- For every $1 spent in sponsorship in podcasting, they make $5 back!
- Not all creators are entrepreneurs and it’s common for podcasters to not realise how valuable their audience could be for sponsors and advertisers.
- Podcast ads perform better than TV and YouTube!
BEST MOMENTS
"If someone wants to watch podcasts they’ll just go to YouTube”
“Why don’t they [Spotify] want me to know how many listeners I’ve got”
“It’s so common for podcasters just to not to know how valuable their audience is”
“68% of people listen to some or all of the podcast ads in the last episode they listened to”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk all things bad podcasting in this episode! They give real-time examples of the worst things you can do when recording, producing and creating your podcast show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When recording remotely, use software designed for recording such as riverside, not facetime.
- Actively listen, don’t interrupt guests.
- Ensure your phone is on do not disturb/silent
- Your artwork needs to be clear to read
- Don’t read out a long bio for your guest, it’s unnecessary and boring
- Intros should be short and relevant to the show
- If recording video for your podcast, ensure your framing is right and you are recording at a high enough quality.
BEST MOMENTS
"That’s how you make shit artwork”
“What are some of your hardware pet peeves?”
“You have to do 4K (video) especially if you’re doing clips of your podcast for social media”
“If you have good artwork and good titles people will click (on your show)”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Learn about world of sports podcasting as Ash speaks to Dan Moylan, host of the wildly successful Leeds United podcast, The Square Ball. From humble beginnings to millions of downloads and six-figure income streams, Dan shares invaluable insights on building a loyal audience, monetising content, and navigating the evolving podcast landscape. Learn how authenticity, audience engagement, and smart monetisation strategies can transform your podcast into a thriving business.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Know your audience and speak directly to them. Dan emphasises the importance of understanding your listeners' needs and reflecting their experiences in your content.
- Authenticity is key in podcasting. Be genuine and relatable to build a strong connection with your audience.
- Diversify income streams. The Square Ball generates revenue through sponsorships, ad networks, merchandise, and memberships.
- Adapt to your niche. Sports podcasting requires quick turnaround and topical content, so streamline your production process accordingly.
- Leverage your platform to gain access to high-profile guests. Dan regularly interviews the Leeds United CEO by building relationships and proving the podcast's value.
- Balance evergreen and topical content. While sports podcasts are often time-sensitive, creating some evergreen content can help attract new listeners and provide long-term value.
BEST MOMENTS
"People want to hear what you really sound like. You wouldn't go in and say, 'Hi, in 15 minutes, I'm going to tell you what this is.' And so and so, so and so, you know, like that kind of DJ voice."
"It's a really interesting space that we kind of, as the gatekeepers have fallen away, like radio and papers and things like that, and the clubs have become more sterile and far removed and elites and all the players are media trained. There's this space in the middle where you can reflect how people feel."
"We try and tap into what it feels like to be a Leeds fan on that day in that week. And just completely lean into that. It's all about how it feels. And that's something that the clubs can't do themselves."
"Just put the work in to become part of that space. So if there are existing sports podcasts within that space, that's your audience. Go, go after them. Go try and be a guest on that show."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane are joined by guest Phil Fraser, host of the Leeds Business Podcast. Phil shares his journey from owning the world's largest online bingo comparison site to becoming a podcaster and business sounding board. Kane, Ash and Phil give valuable advice throughout the episode for anyone looking to start or grow their own podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Niche down your podcast topic to become the go-to resource in your field and attract a highly engaged audience
- Don't be afraid of cold outreach when seeking guests; many will be flattered to be asked and happy to share their expertise
- Create a process with checklists to stay organised and avoid content decline
- Focus on putting out quality content consistently rather than obsessing over download numbers
- Subtly showcase your expertise and offerings through client stories and examples rather than overt self-promotion
- Consider repurposing content from guest appearances on other shows to highlight your own background and credibility
BEST MOMENTS
"What's the worst that could happen? You put a podcast out and nobody listens. So what? There's no biggie."
"As long as it's trending in the right direction, I think that's the key learning is, you know, you can't guarantee the numbers you're going to get based just on the guest. It's to do with the content, it's to do with people sharing it."
"I've still got people, I can look at stats, and I've got people downloading the first ever episode still."
"If I'm at a networking event and I'm talking about being a business sounding board, I go, 'Oh, I know you, I've listened to your podcast,' etc. etc. So I think it's a common issue with people that are interview podcasts where you're always talking about the guest is you don't get time to talk about yourself, but there's also nothing worse than an interviewer that only wants to talk about himself."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane and Ash discuss the evolution of a podcast in this episode. With their extensive experience working with numerous podcast clients over the years, they have identified common changes that hosts often make before and after launch, and even years down the line. Through discussion and examples covering various topics such as sponsorships and guest interviews, Ash and Kane provide valuable insights to help you avoid making the same mistakes and what to do instead before you start.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Even if you plan on always recording in a studio, it can be a good idea to have a set-up at home that works and you are comfortable with for the times life gets in the way.
- If you aren’t marketing your podcast well, you can struggle to find high-quality guests in later episodes. If you market well, getting future guests should be simple and easy.
- As you establish your podcast, you will start to rely less on things such as scripting episodes and guest prep calls which can make everything feel more authentic.
- Sponsorships aren’t the only way to make money from a podcast, you can monetise your audience quickly and to a high value when you curate your podcast to be a marketing funnel for your own product(s).
- A bank of content helps you remain consistent. Have at least four episodes recorded in your bank and as you use an episode, replace it.
- It’s better to have less frequency but remain consistent. Ensure you can commit to the frequency of episodes from the get go.
BEST MOMENTS
"Things change and you experience new things and you see what works and what doesn’t”
“The digital footprint does the work”
“Amazing things happen when you do the doing rather than the planning”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about podcast analytics. They review the frequent questions they get asked about analytics and metrics and explain which things you need to be paying attention to and why. They also reveal the bits you don’t need to be spending loads of time on, leaving you to focus on what matters.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Even when outsourcing elements of your podcast production, you still need to keep track of your own KPIs.
- Money gives you the freedom and options to help more people. So even if money isn’t your number one priority, it is the thing you should focus on as it will help you meet other goals.
- Your downloads per episode in a 30 day period is the industry standard for measuring the success of an episode
- Looking at all episode downloads in a period of 30 days each month will give you an idea of whether your content is working; there should be an increase in downloads each month
- Podbean is easy to use and gives good analytics data
- Avoid using Spotify for podcasters for your analytics as it doesn’t give you the full picture
- Click-through and then retention are the only things that matter to the YouTube algorithm, this is the only way to go viral
- Title and thumbnail designs are the most important to get someone to click on your YouTube videos, these are the reasons that someone will choose to watch 99% of the time
- Retention is how all platforms make money, this is why creators are rewarded with it so much, regardless of the platform
- Pay attention to what you are drawn to as a consumer of content. This will give you ideas about what works
BEST MOMENTS
"You should be outsourcing the production of your podcast”
“You can help more people if you make more money”
“Avoid Spotify for Podcasters”
“Someone is twice as likely to click on a thumbnail if it has a face on it”
“Retention is important on all platforms”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Comparing Podcast Production Options | using AI?
Building a High Ticket Offer | The Best Way to Monetise a Podcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane give an overview of how to create high-quality virtual podcasts. From software recommendations to equipment essentials, they give all the information you need to help you create professional-sounding episodes from anywhere! Including practical tips on creating the ideal recording environment, this episode is packed with valuable insights that will take your virtual podcasting game to the next level.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Riverside is the recommended software for high-quality virtual podcast recording, maintaining audio and video quality better than alternatives like Zoom.
- Ideal equipment setup includes a dynamic microphone (XLR or USB), ring lights or softboxes for lighting, and using your phone as the camera for the best video quality.
- Both the host and guest should wear headphones to prevent audio bleed and echoing during the recording.
- Record in a quiet, indoor space with soft furnishings to improve sound quality and use a plain background for a professional look.
- Position yourself properly on camera, leaving adequate headspace and space on both sides for optimal framing in video clips.
- Minor details like fake plants, bookshelves, or acoustic panelling can enhance the visual appeal of your recording space.
BEST MOMENTS
"If you want the very best quality, you would get a dynamic microphone, like an XLR mic, like a Shure one that plugs into an external recorder, like a PodTrack P4, which is what we use in our studios, that then plugs into the computer, but it saves locally to the PodTrack, that's for the very best quality."
"No green screens, no virtual backgrounds. Yeah, that was all sarcasm, by the way. In case you couldn't tell. For those American listeners, it was us joking. So the idea is make it as plain and boring as possible."
"If you have animals or worse, children, tell them to fck off. That's a clip. Right? They can go. Please don't do it in a bathroom, conservatory, or kitchen or when you're getting your hair done. Or on a building site, or on a beach. We're definitely not listing places that clients have sent us recordings from."*
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash & Kane discuss unique and creative ways to market a podcast, going beyond traditional methods. They explore various examples, such as Joe Rogan's use of YouTube clips to break down long-form interviews into shorter segments, the interactive approach of the true-crime podcast "Serial," and the innovative strategies employed by Hey Mr. Jim in engaging with their audience.
They also touch on the success of "Call Her Daddy" and "Lore" in expanding their podcast content into other mediums like TV shows, books, and live tours. Kane shares insights on leveraging partnerships with other podcasts, utilizing public speaking opportunities, and engaging with listeners to enhance podcast marketing efforts.
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk all about guest interviews in this episode, sharing their top tips and tricks for getting the most out of your guests. They discuss using high-quality software like Riverside.fm and the importance of making your guests feel at ease. This episode is a must-listen for any podcaster looking to improve their interviewing skills and create engaging content.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Using high-quality software like Riverside.fm can help you impress your guests and create better content for social media.
- Making your guests feel comfortable is key to getting the best out of them. Be accommodating, especially if they're new to podcasting.
- Avoid using release forms or contracts, as they can put off potential guests. Instead, communicate clearly about what topics are off-limits.
- During virtual interviews, try to make eye contact by looking at the lens and positioning the guest's video box near the camera.
- Practice active listening and use non-verbal responses to encourage your guest to share more. Avoid interrupting with audible responses.
- Research trending topics and ask questions that prompt your guest to discuss them or name-drop relevant people.
BEST MOMENTS
"If you want to impress your guest, but most importantly you want to get the most out of them, creating good content with name drops and quotes... from your guests that you can clip up and post to social media."
"If someone's completely new to it, there's a good chance they're going to be stumbling and be like, 'Oh, I messed that up,' instead of just getting on with it."
"If you want a good named guest and you want to get the most out of them, i.e., they're doing the marketing and they're sharing, if you create them content where they look or sound good or say something funny or insightful, they're much more likely to share it."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Gavin's Podcast Show, Entrepreneurs Online "Just Start and Take Every Opportunity with Content Creator Extraordinaire Louie Parkes" https://omny.fm/shows/entrepreneurs-online/just-start-and-take-every-opportunity-with-content
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about collaboration in the episode. They talk about the many benefits of collaborating with other podcasters and creators, how to approach them, and how you can collaborate with others effectively.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Feed swaps are a simple but effective way to collaborate with other creators.
- Look for collaborations with shows that complement your niche.
- Interviews with other podcasters always work well. You can either do one interview and share this content or both interview one another.
- Spend your time reaching out to individuals you are likely to get a good response from. Keep the initial communication short but stress the value to their audience by collaborating with you.
- Be creative across different platforms, for example, stitch a creator you’d like to work with on TikTok to get their attention and potentially their audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“Complementary niche is good”
“You get a good bump cross-promoting each other”
“Get yourself in front of their followers and them in front of your followers as well”
“If you want to pay to win and be on another podcast then sponsor”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scaee their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss frequently asked questions about the legal aspects of podcasting. While most podcasters won't encounter these issues, they talk about when having contracts in place matters and why maintaining clear communication with your guest is always important.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast advert regulations are much more relaxed than other platforms such as TV. This means there are certain industries it appeals to, such as gambling.
- Sending long contracts with editing clauses will put off guests. It’s unnecessary.
- Good interview practice is to simply ask the guest if there are any topics they don’t want to discuss.
- If your guest breaches their NDA, and you still publish it, you are also at risk of being sued.
- If someone is paying you commercially, such as a sponsor, then you need to ensure you have the correct contracts in place.
BEST MOMENTS
“Be careful if the guest you're interviewing has NDAs”
“Who do you think you could get sued by the quickest?”
“99.9% of you could do a million episodes and this will never come up”
“if you’re generating income that’s all under contract”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
90% of podcasters give up podcasting in the first 20 episodes! So in this episode, Ash and Kane give tips to keep you motivated with your podcast including how to build a realistic approach and why outsourcing more time-consuming tasks can make a difference.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- People give up mainly because they have started podcasting for the wrong reasons. If you have passion and have educated yourself about monetisation you are already ahead of the game.
- Outsourcing the difficult tasks, the ones you find boring or the time-consuming aspects of podcasting that are low value can help you keep your podcast going.
- Have a realistic approach to podcasting before you start.
- Approach your podcast like a business.
- It’s easy to get complacent when podcasting, you need to keep up momentum and passion so you don’t stagnate.
- Burnout can happen, it’s better to start smaller and then stretch yourself if you then find you have more capability and time.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s not easy, it can be a bit of a time-suck”
“Outsource the difficult tasks”
“You wouldn’t just give a business a go for a couple of months, people need to approach podcasting like a business”
“If you’re expecting results instantly it might not happen”
“It’s so much better to start with less than you think you’re capable of doing than it is to stretch yourself as you can build it up”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they break down how to create a podcast into your marketing and sales funnel. They talk about the different ways you can do this, what areas of content creation to focus on and also reveal time-saving hacks to help you make the most of your expertise and build your brand without draining your time.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Your content has to be good quality, it is a reflection of everything else you do.
- Successful clips from your podcast, particularly if you have video can be utilised for ads easily and cheaply.
- Repurposing your podcast content is a great way to save yourself time. This is quality content you have already created that you can utilise across your social media platforms.
- Anyone listening to your podcast is doing so very intentionally, it’s very different to any other social media consumption.
- A call to action on your podcast needs to account for less than 10%. This will make it more impactful and not frustrate your listeners.
- A podcast allows you to expand your expertise and showcase it to your audience. This lends itself more to selling a higher ticket item.
BEST MOMENTS
“You need good quality video, you need good quality audio”
“Though they are not as high-value listeners they might go top of funnel, they might do the opt in, the webinar, the e-book, whatever it may be”
“We get a lot of high ticket value through the podcast”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Inspired by the question “What was the last thing you changed your mind about?” Ash and Kane dive into the latest trends in podcasting and content creation, sharing valuable insights on what's working now. From the rise of casual podcast clips to focusing your energy on one social media platform, they offer practical advice for growing your brand. Join them as they discuss investing in studios, launching with fewer episodes, and the surprising truth about Spotify's dominance in the podcasting world.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast clips featuring casual conversations are outperforming highly produced, direct-to-camera content on social media
- Invest 70% of your energy into creating the best possible podcast, and focus the remaining 30% on building a strong presence on one social platform
- Renting a professional studio for in-person interviews can greatly enhance your podcast's quality and appeal to high-profile guests
- Launching with four episodes instead of six can still lead to a successful podcast while avoiding negative impacts on your YouTube channel
- Spotify has surpassed Apple in terms of individual podcast listeners, despite Apple's higher download numbers due to auto-downloads
- A microphone is the modern-day equivalent of a lab coat or clipboard, instantly lending credibility to the speaker
- Engaging with your audience through comments, DMs, and behind-the-scenes content is crucial for building relationships and growing your personal brand
- Investing in post-production and professional editing should be a top priority for podcasters before considering paid advertising or guest payments
BEST MOMENTS
"A microphone is the new lab coat. If someone's walking around with a clipboard or something, if they had a clipboard and a lab coat, then you can get in anywhere."
"Instead of being okay on four platforms, I could be really good on one."
"Guests are way more likely to say yes when you've got a nice fancy studio, even if you're not that well known."
"We don't think it's necessary to do six [episodes at launch]. We do think four will suffice."
"Spotify is doing well, I guess. We haven't changed our mind on Spotify being shit though."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash & Kane discuss different production options for podcasters, including AI, agencies, in-house teams, freelancers, and doing it yourself. They delve into the pros and cons of each option, emphasizing the importance of quality input in the production process. In the chat, they dive into why having team members dedicated solely to the podcast can be a game-changer, and talk about how agencies can offer valuable support. Plus, they share some tips on using AI tools to make episodes even better and discuss why it's so important to keep promoting and engaging with our audience to keep our podcast growing strong.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Production Options: AI, agency, in-house team, freelancers, and do-it-yourself.
- Hiring Employees: Hiring employees is considered the best option due to their dedication, expertise, and focus on the podcast project.
- Agencies: Agencies are a good option for those who want a team of experts managing the production process, providing a single contact point for the client.
- AI Tools: While AI tools can be useful for certain tasks like mixing podcasts or creating captions, they are not recommended as standalone solutions for podcast production.
BEST MOMENTS
- "Realistically, whether you've got an in-house editor, freelance, using AI, whatever it is, your input needs to be good."
- "You might have the best chef, [the podcaster]. You might have the best editor, right? But if your ingredients are out of date, your final result is going to be disgusting."
- "The best question you can ask a video editor in an interview is, what content do you consume?"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane tell you everything you need to know about starting a podcast in this episode. They share their experiences and provide practical tips on overcoming imposter syndrome, getting out of your own way, and taking action. Don’t miss out on this essential guide for aspiring podcasters and learn the first steps needed when starting a podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Overcome imposter syndrome by interviewing experts and absorbing their knowledge, becoming an authority over time
- Set up your equipment and do test recordings to familiarise yourself with the process, even if you don't plan to launch yet
- Listen to podcasts in your niche to get a feel for what you like and don't like, but don't get stuck in the research phase!
- Book interviews or studio sessions to create accountability and commitment to your podcast
- Avoid scripting your episodes, as it can hinder your ability to be authentic and engage with your guests
- Embrace the fact that your first episodes might not be perfect, but the only way to improve is by doing
- Don't make excuses or lie to yourself about why you haven't started; be honest about your fears and take action
- Consistency is key! Keep recording, learning, and improving with each episode
BEST MOMENTS
"No show should be scripted unless it's fictional”
"Own the fact that you're scared to get started or you've got impostor syndrome. You don't need to make up an excuse, especially when you're talking to one of us because we must get it so often."
"If you are suffering with imposter syndrome, and you think, well, I've only been in that space a few years, I don't feel like I can be teaching, fine. But with podcasting, so many people do interviews. So you could know nothing about a subject."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane dive into how podcasters can expand their niche show without losing their core audience. They discuss the importance of starting niche, building a loyal following, and gradually broadening your content by interviewing guests slightly outside your niche. They also share their own experiences and offer valuable insights on how to make the transition successfully while maintaining your credibility and authority.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Start with a niche podcast to build a loyal audience and establish your authority in the space
- Gradually expand your content by interviewing guests slightly outside your niche who can provide valuable insights related to your topic
- Leverage your niche audience to attract sponsors who are willing to pay more for targeted advertising
- When interviewing guests outside your niche, position yourself as the student and allow them to be the teacher
- Test different formats and guests to see what resonates with your audience before increasing the volume of broader content
- Choose to expand into areas where you have the most knowledge, connections, or potential for monetisation
- Ask your listeners for feedback on which direction they'd like to see your podcast expand
- As you broaden your content, ensure you can still connect the dots between the guest's expertise and your core audience's interests
BEST MOMENTS
"Build that relationship with your audience so that they will listen to whoever you talk to, like, Chris Williamson has probably got a massive audience of people that listen to all of his interviews, and instead of coming for the interview, they're coming for him."
"You can talk to people outside of your niche once you've built that audience who are going to follow you wherever you go."
"You can start to go into those spaces without positioning yourself as the expert and then being more of the inquisitor. So, we know a bit about that. We know a bit about all of these different areas, but we can then start to broaden out to content marketing and our listeners will know that if we're talking about podcasting, it's us providing all the value."
"Just recapping that start niche build your loyal following by taking the following from somebody else So, if we're podcasting for podcasters, great, let's go to the podcast show, let's go to podcast support groups on Facebook, etc."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they address some of the bad podcasting advice that is frequently posted on Instagram. They explain why certain advice could be harmful to your podcast, as well as share the good advice that they have come across too!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don’t need a lot of equipment to get started but you do need some to get audio quality. Never record straight into your phone mic, it will sound awful and people won’t listen.
- There’s no need to edit out every ‘uhm’ and ‘ahh’, filler words are a natural part of conversation, you want your podcast to sound authentic and not over-processed.
- You can use existing content as a starting point but you don’t have to create blog content to use before starting a podcast!
- A monotone or ‘neutral’ voice will turn people off a podcast.
- Too much planning can be detrimental. It’s best to create the content first and then create the narrative.
- Think about your ideal listener and focus the content you create around them.
- Building an audience is the most important element of a podcast, you need to work on this first before anything else.
- Don’t do anything that takes away from your podcast content being the best it can be. If you take too much focus away from your core podcast content to do trends, it will be to the detriment of your podcast.
- If you are only doing something for monetary gain, your audience will see through it.
- If you need to instantly monetise from the beginning, then focus on sponsorship.
- Use giveaways to incentivise people to follow and review within a time window you want, to help you rank.
BEST MOMENTS
"You can get a podcast live within an hour but no one will listen to it”
“Finding guests who have been on camera before helps”
“Be fluid, dynamic, ups and downs with your tone”
“Do the content, build the narrative after”
“It doesn’t matter if you’re in a competitive market if you already have the audience”
“If we just do the best podcast episode, the rest just figures itself out”
“Give away something that is related to your business”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk all about podcast guests in this episode. They discuss how to not only find great guests but also tips on how to specifically find them for your niche and book guests who will provide value for your audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Don’t take a guest’s likes, comments etc at face value. Do your research to ensure their audience engagement is real.
- Having someone with genuine engagement is more important than big numbers, people in a niche with a loyal following are perfect.
- Someone who is already a content creator almost always automatically makes a good podcast guest.
- Choose a guest who is active on social media and is willing to promote you.
- Knowledge and experience aren’t the only important factors in a guest, they need to be engaging for your audience too.
- As your podcast grows, you can become choosier with your guests, they need to start becoming more credible.
- Always ensure your guests are on brand and relevant to your show.
BEST MOMENTS
"Double check their engagement looks real”
“You’re trying to get someone who people care about a lot and will listen to what they say”
“When they deliver content they are more comfortable”
“Are they a confident and competent person?”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane give their thoughts and opinions on the current state of podcasting. They discuss the increase in listenership, the best ways to ensure you rank highly as well as the opportunities available in the podcasting space right now.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There are approximately 14k active podcasters right now, which is a comparatively low number to other forms of media.
- The combination of low competition and new tools that can be utilised makes now the perfect time to start a podcast.
- There hasn’t been an increase in active podcasting since 2020 but there are more listeners than ever.
- As well as SEO, total episodes and upload frequency help your show rank higher.
- Generally, business people tend to lean towards the Apple app for listening yet new listeners are often on Spotify.
BEST MOMENTS
"Podcasting, right now is probably the best time to get into it”
“Now you don’t have to convince people what a podcast is”
“Search is a big thing when it comes to ranking highly”
“People genuinely don’t know Apple podcasts exist which is wild to me”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane debunk common myths and misconceptions about podcasting. They discuss the importance of niching down, the ease of creating podcast content compared to other platforms, and the benefits of podcasting despite its discoverability challenges.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don't need to be an authority to start a podcast; interviewing experts can provide valuable content for your audience.
- Podcasting for business is not oversaturated; niching down and providing quality content can help you stand out in your space.
- Investing in good equipment and editing is important, but you don't need fancy gear to get started.
- Having a niche or topic of focus is crucial for attracting and retaining listeners, unless you have a large existing audience or network.
- While high-quality content is essential, poor audio quality can deter listeners from engaging with your podcast.
- Podcasting is one of the easiest forms of content to create and repurpose across multiple platforms.
- Podcasts have a discoverability problem, but this can be overcome through good SEO and leveraging algorithms on other platforms.
- Editing your podcast is necessary to ensure a polished and professional final product.
BEST MOMENTS
"People don't know who you are and they don't care. They will come for the knowledge and they'll stay for your personality."
"You can only turn long form into short form, you can't turn short form into long form."
"Once you've got that person in your ecosystem, they keep coming back, which is great."
"Your output needs to be very, very good. Good trailers, good intros, good outros, good promo clips, good clips for your guests to share."
"Please edit your podcast. You don't need to go over the top and take out every um, uh, and et cetera, but you do need to make it listenable and you do need to make it sound nice."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane dive into the world of podcast sponsorships, revealing why brands should invest in this powerful advertising medium. Discover the unique benefits that podcast sponsorships offer, from reaching high-income audiences to enjoying long-lasting returns on investment. Ash and Kane share insider tips and real-life examples that will inspire both brands and podcasters to maximise their success in this exciting space.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast sponsorships offer a lifetime of return, as episodes continue to be downloaded long after the initial sponsorship period, providing ongoing exposure for brands.
- Podcast listeners tend to have higher incomes compared to other platforms, making them a valuable target audience for sponsors.
- Authentic, host-read ads tailored to the podcast's style resonate better with listeners and lead to higher engagement and conversion rates.
- Brands should seek out podcasts with a niche audience that aligns with their target market for maximum return on investment.
- High-ticket offers with high profit margins and long customer lifetime values are best suited for podcast sponsorships.
- Podcast advertising is harder to skip compared to other formats, ensuring the sponsor's message is heard by the audience.
- Sponsoring interview podcasts allows brands to be associated with the guests and their respective brands, enhancing credibility and reach.
- Brands should consider factors such as the percentage of the audience they can sell to, the cost of acquiring customers, and the lifetime value of customers when deciding to sponsor a podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
"Podcast listeners are generally creatures of habit. And as an industry part, it's sort of the way that you measure downloads is how many downloads an episode gets in a 30-day period, because people might take a few days or a few weeks to listen, but generally they always listen."
"If you can find a brand as a podcaster, or if you as a brand can find a podcast that has your exact audience, and they listen to everything they say, and they see them as an expert, and as someone in their space that's worth listening to. then that audience is so much more valuable to you than just being a billboard essentially on a show that approaches random people."
"Acast found last year that 72 per cent of people visited a company's or sponsor's website after hearing an advert on a podcast, which is kind of impressive when you think about it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane dive into the world of personal branding versus business branding. Discover why personal brands are thriving while business brands struggle to keep up in today's fast-paced digital landscape. Learn the secrets to building a successful brand that resonates with your audience and allows you to pivot seamlessly.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Personal brands outperform business brands in terms of followers, leads, income, and status in your space.
- Attaching a personal brand to a business can lead to massive success, as seen with examples like Elon Musk, Stephen Bartlett, and Hagley watches.
- Business brands need a distinct personality to succeed, using comedy, memes, and emotional storytelling to engage their audience.
- Personal brands allow flexibility and the ability to pivot to different niches while maintaining an engaged audience.
- Business brands worked well in the past, but new successful brands in recent years often have a strong personal brand attachment.
- High-ticket items are more likely to be purchased when associated with a personal brand, especially for services like training courses, agencies, and consultancies.
- Car influencers like CarWow and Doug DeMiro have more impact on consumer decisions than traditional car company advertising.
- Building a personal brand is crucial for securing sponsors, selling products, and establishing yourself as a leader in your industry.
BEST MOMENTS
"Business brands are dead. Nobody wants to buy from a nameless corporate entity."
"People buy into you. Your story, your message. And that is so powerful."
"If you're going to do a business brand, make it a business brand with a personality that's distinct and unique."
"Personal brand will always outperform business brand."
"Can you name a luxury brand that has become massive in the last five years that doesn't have a big personal brand attachment?"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane and Ash share how you can get guests and sponsors for your podcast show. They talk about the proven ways to secure sponsorship deals and how to attract the right kind of guests to interview. Ash and Kane also reveal some of the common mistakes people make when approaching sponsors and guests and what you can do differently to get a better outcome!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don’t need to give every bit of information in an initial email to a sponsor, focus instead on the bits of information that prove to them why they should be interested in sponsoring your show specifically.
- Will guests you want to stand out from the many podcast requests they get, what makes you and your show different, think about how to differentiate your communication to them.
- Just one or two notable guests are worth mentioning in an initial email, to incite interest, no one is expecting you to list every guest but recognisable names in your niche can be very helpful for signalling legitimacy.
- Watch your tone, formal is easily dismissed. It’s better to be personal and authentic in how you communicate.
- Guesting on other podcasts is an opportunity to share yourself, tell their audience what you can offer, your expertise and more
- When pitching to guests, talk about what you can offer them, and sell them the benefits of being interviewed by you.
BEST MOMENTS
"You’re not trying to sell it in an outreach email, what you’re trying to do is get someone interested so you can have a conversation”
“It’s a with or without you approach that works”
“People are really formal”
“Keep it short, give them a reason to ask a question”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Listen in to this episode with Ash and Kane to discover how to build a high ticket offer for your audience. Whether you're a podcasting newbie or a seasoned pro, this episode is packed with actionable tips and tricks to help you monetise your show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Reverse engineer your podcast niche to attract your ideal customers
- Leverage the intimate nature of podcasting to sell high-ticket items with ease
- Use your audience insights to create products they can't resist
- Give away your best stuff for free to showcase your value and expertise
- Create one core high-ticket offer that knocks your audience's socks off
- Infuse your products with your unique personality to boost sales
- Build your audience before launching to ensure your product is a hit
- Promote your offers authentically through natural conversations and client interviews
BEST MOMENTS
"Podcasting is one of the only mediums, cause it's long-form, that allows you to go straight into high ticket."
"What they will think is, wow, if this is what I'm getting for free, what will happen if I pay more? So, by giving away everything, they will always assume there's more. Always assume there's more."
"People love their podcast hosts. So, when you have a product, if it's something to do with you, you've got a way better chance."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane dive into the world of podcast concepts and niches, exploring which ones have the best growth opportunities and how to make your show stand out. They discuss the pros and cons of various podcast formats, such as interviews, storytelling, reviews, and more.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Interview podcasts offer great opportunities for leverage, free press, and diverse opinions, but require more planning and coordination with guests' schedules.
- Storytelling and fictional podcasts have less competition and high monetisation potential, but require more production time and effort in marketing.
- Review and recap podcasts provide unlimited, easy-to-create content, but can become boring if not done well and may lack longevity.
- "How-to" podcasts are highly searchable and help build authority but require a focus on personality and entertainment value to stand out in a crowded market.
- News and current events podcasts can generate viral social clips but lack evergreen content, leading to inconsistent download numbers.
- Sports podcasts have a dedicated, passionate audience, but the content is often not evergreen, requiring a consistent output of new episodes.
- The more money in the industry you're discussing, the more potential for monetisation, but it's essential to balance passion and opportunity when choosing a niche.
- Combining elements from different niches can help create a unique, one-of-a-kind podcast with a dedicated audience.
BEST MOMENTS
"If your content is highly searchable, you're more likely to come up, you're more likely to be successful."
"These types of shows tend to make a lot of money passively through IP."
"Whatever you know, somebody else out there knows it. So, it's got to be enjoyable to listen to. People have to like your format. People have to like you as hosts."
"If you really like a sports show, you're going to like every episode. Again, there's always something to talk about in the sports world."
"It's not about hitting a big audience, it's about hitting a specific one."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss many of the things big podcasters do that you should avoid. The likes of Joe Rogan and Steven Bartlett are exceptions to the rule so listen in to this episode to learn what will not work for your podcast and what to do instead!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you don’t already have a substantial audience, your podcast name needs to be very searchable.
- Your name should be 2-4 words and clearly showcase your podcast content.
- Podcasts that interview anyone and everyone, are too broad for most audiences. You need to focus on your niche.
- Very long episodes switch off audiences, even for big names with a big following.
- Ensure any ads and sponsorship are relevant to your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
"Don’t use a pun for your name or something funny”
“I probably listen to 1 in 6 of his episodes because they are so scattered”
“I’d love to see their consumption data”
“You’re wasting your time, your guests' time, no one's going to listen to it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
What are the upsides to using a podcast studio and when is it necessary? Join Ash and Kane in this episode as they talk through the pros and cons of recording your podcast in a studio -vs- recording at home. They discuss how studios can elevate your production quality and professionalism, help land high-profile guests, and provide valuable content for promotion. But they also caution against overspending on studios at the expense of other crucial elements.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Recording in a studio makes you look more professional and can help you secure better guests
- Studios save time with plug-and-play setups, but quality can vary, so do your research
- Prioritise essentials like artwork, editing and show notes before splurging on a studio
- Studios allow more time to build rapport with guests compared to virtual interviews
- Offering studio-quality content is more appealing to high-profile guests than monetary compensation
- You can maximise virtual interview quality by recording your end in a studio
- For a budget home setup, invest in a good mic, lighting, a clean background, and a reliable remote recording platform
- Clips that showcase studio quality tend to perform better on social media
BEST MOMENTS
"Just because you spend money on a studio does not mean you get a good result."
"Don't fall into the trap of hiring a studio before you've got someone to do your artwork, or before you've got someone to do the production and show notes of your episode."
"If someone's coming to your studio, and they're getting a train or that, you've probably got them for a good half a day. They're not going to be in such a rush on time."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane acknowledge and talk about all of the stupid shit in the podcast industry. From their own top 3 to guest suggestions, they reveal all the rubbish you need to know about; including some of the downsides to a decentralised platform and the spam emails selling you solutions that just don’t work.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast apps with awful user interface
- Tacky, useless podcast products, such as Blue Yeti mic
- Generic booking emails from guest bookers, this is poor value and often won’t provide close to suitable guests for your podcast
- LinkedIn promoters, they use download farms and this can actually harm your podcast in the long run if used
- Lack of download data across platforms, and access to good analytics can be poor but the platform Podbean is doing good things
- Lack of standardisation and decentralisation in podcasting means you can be more creative as a creator and make more money. So although there are these downsides that is a big plus point!
BEST MOMENTS
“ If Spotify insists on being in the space, I wish there was. a tab when you first open Spotify that was podcasts and music”
“They’re just download farms”
“Downloads, what device they’re on, what country they’re in, that’s pretty much all you can get”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 8 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline the lesser talked-about ways that podcasting can help your wider business. They discuss how to utilise podcasting in your marketing,
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can repurpose your podcasting content for your business ads. Often this content is already tested and you have been able to test it for free!
- You can showcase your expertise and knowledge, even as the interviewer.
- Your interview style and how you present yourself in your podcast will not only build your brand but also build your clients’ and potential clients’ trust in you.
- Interviewing people can help you close sponsors.
- Podcasting can create great content for internal newsletters and training.
- You can send your podcast episodes to clients, for example, if you have created a new product or feature.
BEST MOMENTS
“Our paid ads are clips from our podcast”
“We’re using things we know work”
“Most people’s favourite topic is themselves”
“This does work really well with coaches”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
After recently listening to an episode of Diary of a CEO with Daniel Priestly, Ash and Kane wanted to break down his advice around waiting lists and how you can incorporate this advice as a podcaster.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Waiting lists or a waitlist is the concept of ‘testing’ a business via a waitlist from followers on social media. You can then go to investors and seek investment.
- A good example of this is Tesla, when they announce a new car they make a $100 non-refundable deposit for you to be able to buy the car when it becomes available.
- Before launching a podcast, polls are a great way to get engagement without revealing too much. You could use this format to utilise a waitlist which you could leverage to get a sponsor.
- A waitlist before you launch your podcast de-risks you for sponsorship.
- You can utilise a waitlist to also leverage a podcast launch giveaway from a sponsor or partner.
BEST MOMENTS
“Businesses should be low risk, you should fail quick and fail cheap”
“A podcast is a great base to advertise to”
“Do polls, get people to vote”
“Now it’s de-risking it for them”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
What format of podcast is best for you and your content? Join Ash and Kane as they compare podcast formats and discuss when you should utilise each. They give the pros and cons of solo episodes, interviews and having a co-host. They also talk about fiction and non-fiction podcasts and what this means for your USP as a podcaster.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don’t have to stick to one format, you can change it according to what suits your content and your podcasting journey.
- Co-hosting has its challenges, particularly around turn-taking.
- A positive of doing a solo show is that you can record whenever is best for you.
- It’s more difficult to bring humour into solo shows.
- Co-hosting can make it easier to generate a discussion.
- Having a co-host also allows you to split the workload in terms of researching guests and more.
- Interviews avoid listeners getting bored with long conversations but they are more difficult to organise, particularly virtually.
BEST MOMENTS
“If it’s virtual you’re at the mercy of the internet connection and their schedule”
“In person is always better when it comes to interviews”
“If you’re doing it properly you’re doing it as a business”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane review an episode of The Leeds Business Podcast. They provide a walk-through of the episode and reveal what works well but also talk about what they would improve on and change to give it the best chance of success.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The name is informative but niche enough.
- The artwork is bold and clear.
- For SEO reasons a long host bio is good and this has been done effectively.
- Phil asks good questions and actively listens.
- The intro incorporates a clip from the middle section of the podcast which works well.
- Although it was a virtual interview, the quality was good. The side-by-side view might have made it more engaging as the guest spoke so much.
- Generally, if you are doing multiple-part episodes, it’s best to release them close together.
- If you are using clips, they need to be short and engage immediately, they don’t have to have full context, they should be sound bites.
- If you are using a photo of the guest in your thumbnail, it’s important to have their headshot cut out, to look professional and to give a much better overall thumbnail.
- A thumbnail can be an opportunity to have a second title if you can do it well.
- Try to keep both links and the call to action to a minimum.
- The volume of clips should come from the amount, not the length.
- Interviewing clients is something you can do in place of constantly repeating a call to action. It’s more organic and also builds trust with your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“Negative feedback doesn’t mean you’re a piece of shit”
“He also didn’t interrupt at all, he let them speak”
“Big fan of that fair trade call to action”
“Those little elements that make you think what does that relate to, are a good thing”
“Everything was good, just too long”
“Which is your opportunity to have a second title”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
The Leeds Business Podcast Carrie Rose Interviews:
The rise and rise of Rise at Seven - with Carrie Rose, Founder & CEO
https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/carrie-rose-founder-rise-at-seven-the-rise-and-rise/id1695413291?i=1000643622700
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SlIgfsi0KWA
Scaling Rise At Seven - Carrie Rose, Founder & CEO
https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/carrie-rose-founder-rise-at-seven-the-growth/id1695413291?i=1000644445560
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BuL0npYVzpg
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about when you don’t need to use video alongside your podcasting. They also discuss what to focus on when you first start your podcasting journey and why it’s always important to remember that podcasting is for the long haul.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You should outsource as much as possible as a podcaster but budget doesn’t always allow this.
- If you aren’t a trained videographer, you may be unable to create effective videos from your podcast.
- When you first start podcasting you are already learning how to podcast and focusing on getting episodes out, adding learning to be a videographer and editor on top of that can take too much of your focus.
- Podcasting is a long-term game. If you want to do something short-term, do something else, not podcasting!
- Podcasting is forgiving, you can get a lot of things wrong but if you remain consistent for 2-3 years you can achieve real results.
- Having a YouTube channel may not be the best use of your time especially if your time is limited. You will get more results from different tasks.
- Consider if long-form video would work for your style of content, it isn’t worth doing for some formats and content types.
BEST MOMENTS
“You will feel overwhelmed and overworked and you’ll give up”
“It’s working but it takes time”
“Just figuring out where you fit is more important than fitting in a little bit everywhere”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Outsourcing is bigger than ever across all industries and in this episode, Ash and Kane talk about outsourcing in podcasting. They discuss what can easily be outsourced but also what you should almost always be doing yourself. They also remind you that with outsourcing, you get what you pay for, so consider this carefully when choosing what and who to outsource with.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Guest sourcing needs the authenticity of you, the host, to start with and you also need to have editorial control over your podcast in the early stages.
- As you grow you can consider outsourcing guest sourcing but don’t underestimate the power of what happens post-interview with your guests, this is a relationship opportunity.
- One of the major draws of podcasting is the buy-in hosts get from their audience, you can’t outsource you, the host.
- You know your industry and niche, so you have to start your sponsorship deal conversations by approaching the right people. You can’t outsource this to someone who doesn’t have your knowledge or expectations.
- The things that slow you down are often the easiest things to outsource, such as editing.
- You can have people help with your community, such as filtering out spam. But the content you put into this community has to come from you, so you build that trust and those relationships with those in the community.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s easier to get yes’ from people”
“Make the most of it and build a relationship with this person”
“You aren't going to build a podcast that generates you income where people pay for your coaching and the host is a paid actor”
“Making money, you can’t outsource that”
“Often you are the value proposition of a community”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
After being asked this tough question at an event, Kane and Ash wanted to explore what it meant and what is more important in a podcast host, being authentic or projecting authority? They discuss what it means to be authentic and what you can do if you are suffering from imposter syndrome or don't yet have all the knowledge on a particular topic.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you have too many or not enough ideas, then look on other platforms. The audience you want to connect with is already out there.
- If you are suffering from imposter syndrome then it means you are growing as a person.
- You don’t have to be the one teaching on your podcast. You can utilise other people’s experience and expertise through interviews.
- If you have authority, it gives you an edge and an advantage but you still need to remain authentic. People want to listen to someone who is authentic, they want content and value not just a lecture.
BEST MOMENTS
“Authenticity is representing brands you believe in”
“Whatever audience you are trying to attract already exists somewhere else”
“If you’re not suffering with imposter syndrome then it means you’re stagnating”
“When you are someone who hasn’t got the authority then it’s important to be authentic”
“A lot of people underestimate how good other people’s bullshit detector is”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane for a Q&A on all things podcasting. They answer questions on everything from name changes to launching. They also have a valuable discussion on sponsorship and what to discuss on your first call.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Ideally, you shouldn't rebrand or do things like name changes unless you are in a plateau as this is when you will need the marketing.
- You can perfect anything at a later date, it’s important to just launch the podcast as this is when you start to learn.
- If you are trying to get sponsorship there are two main angles, focus on emailing the customer service department but also finding the right person directly on LinkedIn.
- There is no amount of time you need to wait to approach sponsors, you can even do it before you launch.
- Ensure you know whether it’s brand awareness or conversion they want before pitching to your sponsor.
- You don’t have to just have one price for sponsors, you can offer a tiered system.
BEST MOMENTS
“It starts on LinkedIn, find someone who is in the marketing department”
“Who is someone most likely to sponsor you, someone who knows you”
“Make every email count, make it super personal”
“Never lie, never fake your analytics but show what they are looking for”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about Spotify and their recent updates. They also discuss topics from the recent interview with Courtney Reimer [ https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/161-tpp-v2 ] including the impact Spotify has had on the podcasting space.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you don’t have a big budget, Spotify recommends the same tactics as Ash and Kane, starting with collaborations!
- Spotify’s original strategy was to get noticed and they spent a lot to do this. They are now focusing more on ROI and you can see this by the lack of exclusive contracts they now have.
- Most casual listeners do so on Spotify, yet the Apple chart seems to be the holy grail and generally around 80% of downloads come from apple.
- Micro-influencers and podcasters are becoming the focus for sponsors and ad deals. They are moving away from big names and big followings.
BEST MOMENTS
“To an extent, it was just a testing phase”
“In 10 years they will have paid him [Joe Rogan] half a billion dollars”
“It’s a clear representation of them going from I want everyone to know who I am to I want to make some money”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they speak to Courtney Reimer, who formerly headed up the Meghan Markle Spotify podcast project and worked for audible. Courtney shares behind-the-scenes insights into producing shows with A-list celebrities like Meghan and working for major platforms like Spotify, revealing the strategies and processes they use. She opens up about the challenges of pleasing high-profile talent and making content both royal-family-proof and profitable. Listen in as they discuss Courtney’s thoughts and opinions on podcasting including what the future of podcasting may look like.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Spotify originally aimed to attract listeners through splashy, expensive deals with celebrity talent like Meghan and the Obamas, not to directly make money.
- Producing glossy, highly researched shows like Meghan's required extensive legal vetting and staff like fact-checkers.
- Spotify eventually shifted priorities from accumulating listeners to profitability, necessitating recent layoffs.
- Independent podcasts and creators may rely more on fan funding models like Patreon to stay viable long-term.
- We'll likely see fewer resource-intensive journalistic podcasts and more informal conversational shows.
- Video formats will continue growing in popularity compared to audio-only.
- Short-form video clips effectively promote podcast discovery and listenership.
- Cross-promotion via guest swapping is an effective free marketing tactic.
- Paying production teams fairly gets better results than overstaffing on personnel.
- Mobility and multitasking are advantages audio-only podcasting still maintains.
BEST MOMENTS
"Spotify wrote a blank check to announce to the world...that this is where you can come get exclusively some of the world's best podcasts."
"I think they overpaid. We paid Hollywood money for audio content and...the math does not add up."
"When you're a parent, you're just sort of like, what is going on with my child? Hearing them say, oh my god, my kid did this too - there's a sense of peace."
"Do you still want to be in audio? I still love audio. I don't want to give up on it. It just needs to recalibrate its business model."
"Is journalism dying on the vine?...I would say 5 years from now, there will be fewer journalistic podcasts."
"I alone cannot support a Pulitzer prize level journalistically reported podcast."
"I prefer to listen and watch. I actually understand people who sit and just watch. I guess it's like TV."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.linkedin.com/in/courtneyreimer/
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane for a Q&A from the Podcasters Podcast private community. They share questions from podcasters ranging from how to grow your podcast and credibility to sponsorship. They also discuss podcasting launches and relaunches and what impact having a number 1 podcast has on your podcasting journey.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When speaking and negotiating sponsorship, try and get more episodes in the deal. This not only generates more income but saves you time as you will need to negotiate with less sales reps.
- To climb the charts, network with podcasts in your niche in the view to get interviews. You can then capitalise on each other’s audiences.
- Whilst it’s easier to go viral on TikTok, Instagram offers the best ‘shop window’ to convert your audience to clients and more.
- How you launch your podcast can be pivotal to your initial growth and performance. Head to the Podcasters Podcast Launch episode here: How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
- Having a giveaway that’s relevant to your audience is more important than the cash value.
- Getting to number 1 in the charts when you launch or relaunch is valuable social proof for sponsorship deals and future guests too.
BEST MOMENTS
"On average it takes 7 touch points to make a buying decision”
“There’s not an easier platform to go viral on than TikTok”
“You’re going to get better sponsors, you’re going to get more recognition in your specific industry, get better guests on your show, it’s social proof that you’re a number 1 podcast”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash interviews Channel 4's Secret Millionaire star, serial entrepreneur and host of the ‘Success is a System’ podcast Mike Greene in this LinkedIn live turned podcast episode. They discuss the benefits of podcasting as a mentor and coach and his number one piece of advice for any business owner or mentor wanting to get started in podcasting. Mike also reveals the secrets between his 5-figure shop window and they talk about why podcasting indirectly grows and builds your business.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s essential to adopt new ways of doing anything in business to remain relevant and profitable and podcasting is a space that is growing exponentially.
- Podcasting is an intimate way to speak to people, conversations are more genuine and authentic and feel relatable.
- It’s easier to reach high-profile people to interview through podcasting, people are more willing to give their time to you and for longer periods too.
- The value in a podcast is immediate, to the audience and the podcaster.
- Even with a small audience, podcasting gives you the right people and focus to talk to so that you can convert to your products.
- Podcast episodes aren’t just listened to when they are released, they get listens months and even years down the line
- A podcast is also a great way to collate and create content for mentees and clients to listen to before, during and after working with you.
- You put the effort, time and money into creating episodes once and you continue to get return on them, whether that’s via shorts on other platforms or it being repurposed when it becomes relevant through something like a news event.
BEST MOMENTS
"Podcasting is the fastest growing medium to communicate with people”
“People relax differently when you’re in their home, or their office, in a different way”
“It was much easier to get their time”
“I’ve created my own library of content from world-leading people that I can refer my own mentees to”
“It’s content we create once that can be cut into dozens of shorts across a multitude of platforms”
“It can be a way to warm up leads”
"Less is more has become a cliche but it's true"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Success is A System
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about how to work successfully with a team in podcasting. They discuss the importance of processes, and systems and how to prevent things from going wrong when working with other people on your podcast. They also talk about the pros and cons between in-house staff, agencies and freelancers.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Processes are important if you have multiple people working on your podcast.
- Working with the same systems can help prevent problems, such as everyone using google drive. Agree this at the beginning of any working agreement.
- Try and prevent issues by being prepared, for example, having content ready ahead of time so there is time to proof it and things aren’t rushed.
- How you communicate is also key, whatsapp can be useful to speed up communication.
- A final sign-off by one person with authority is the best way to avoid too much creative debate as well as catch any errors.
- Using an agency means less management by you. Multiple freelancers working on your podcast can become difficult.
BEST MOMENTS
"Stop using just ‘drive’ as a word”
“It doesn’t matter who you are working with, there will always be mistakes and things that go wrong”
“Expect people to fuck up but also have a final sign off”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
What turns you off a podcast? Chances are it’s the same things that would make listeners stop listening to your own show! In this episode, Ash and Kane reveal the common things that might be losing you listeners. They also talk about what personally puts them off a podcast and stops them from returning to a show, regardless of the content.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Bad audio can be a major put-off for a listener. It will make people stop listening and they won’t come back.
- Too many ads and long intros can be irritating and frustrating to listeners.
- Make your ads sound authentic to stop people from switching off.
- Surface-level content that is ‘dragged out’ will put people off your podcast.
- Repetitive content is boring and wastes listeners’ time. If you and your content are repetitive you aren’t adding value and your listeners will leave.
- If you have a long interview, it’s better to make them as two stand-alone episodes rather than a ‘part 1’ and a ‘part 2’
- Your podcast always has to be content-led, ads and call to actions can’t be at the expense of good content.
- Let your guest speak. If people have come to listen to an episode with a guest, it’s the guest they want to hear from. People who have come for the guest will stay if you are a good host.
BEST MOMENTS
"You’ve worked so hard to get someone there, don’t ruin it by having these things wrong”
“I can listen to 30 seconds of bad audio”
“I won’t continue to listen to bad audio because I might get something useful out of you”
“Don’t work with more than two brand partners at a time”
“Skip the fluff”
“It needs to be content first, the more you give the more you can take when you take”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane clarify the differences between ads and sponsorships for monetising your podcast. They talk about baked-in ads vs dynamic ads, the different types of sponsorship deals you can achieve and what might work for you and your show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you are a new show or early to sponsorship then banked-in ads are probably your best option.
- Dynamic ads can be removed at any time so this works well.
- Only do host read ads, sponsor/ad lead scripts don’t sound genuine and convert less.
- Be cautious about the amount of ads you put in an episode, paying particular attention to your episode length.
- You can advertise throughout your content as long as you have built trust with your audience and its legitimate content.
- Post-roll ads can be overlooked but there's a lot you can do with the delivery, potentially a listener is more likely to click a link and go 'off-platform'.
BEST MOMENTS
"Nobody beats Riverside at video quality”
“You can ask for more money for baked in”
“Give the host the most freedom to do it how they want”
“Give me the call to action that you want, give me no script”
“4 ad slots in an hour is probably the limit”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss the three key ways to discover a podcast. They give you the tips and essential info you need to get maximum discoverability on your podcast show and circumvent the sometimes difficult barriers of podcasting platforms.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Social media platforms, in particular TikTok and YouTube, are an essential step to getting better discoverability on your podcast. You can do this in a variety of ways including repurposing podcast content and creating clips.
- Search and SEO on YouTube
- Collaboration: Leverage other show’s audiences and attract their following by working with other podcasters
- Remember, you can do all these things to increase discoverability, but you want people to stay so ensure things like audio quality and content are as good as they can be!
BEST MOMENTS
"You can do a lot in 7 seconds”
“People underestimate how much work it takes”
“Podcast discoverability is generally pretty crap”
“It was a smaller show, but the audio was decent”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline how to make your podcast marketing personal and why this is such a good growth tactic. They also discuss why giveaways are so effective at accelerating your marketing as well as how to leverage online communities to your advantage.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Don’t underestimate the power of direct messaging. Especially when doing a launch or re-launch.
- So few people do in-person marketing now that it is so effective.
- When attending events, market and talk about your podcast to people. You can even go one step further and speak at events.
- Giveaways are a great way to incentivise people to take action.
- Answer people’s questions online by joining active communities.
BEST MOMENTS
"I like to message everyone who engages with your post about the podcast show”
“People like to know when you’re thinking about them”
“In-person marketing works so well”
“You can cross-pollinate, and cross-promote”
“Answer people's questions, send some DMs, send the link to the podcast and you will grow it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk all about the concept of podcast recycling in this episode. They focus on how you can ‘recycle’ guests, content, sponsors and even other shows episodes, revealing why this is something every podcaster should be doing and also how it can help you get better sponsorship deals and build a better relationship with listeners too!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can ask your guests to recommend people for you to talk to next, they will almost always give you one of the best people they know.
- Your social media needs to showcase your podcast so when you reach out to guests they can instantly see what you do.
- You can use sponsors against each other!
- Many brands haven’t sponsored brands yet, you can use this to your advantage particularly if you collect all your key metrics and approach them with it.
- Marketing can be defensive and in this case, large companies will want to advertise with you just to stop others from sponsoring you.
- Repurposing your content does allow you to secure sponsors more easily.
- Montages and ‘best bits’ of your content can be a great way of repurposing your most popular content.
- Your guest episodes on other podcast shows are a great way to revisit who you are and your value, rebuilding your relationship with your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
"If I can introduce you to those people, it strokes my ego”
“This is why it’s really important to post consistently with clips of your podcast”
“A lot of people haven’t sponsored podcasts yet”
“If their biggest competitor wants to sponsor you they will give you money, not to get leads but to ensure their competitor doesn’t”
“If you’ve been interviewed on another podcast and revealed a lot of stuff you haven’t before on your show, that might be a great podcast to upload to your feed. It’s a bit of content you don’t have to think about”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Your audience comes for your content but they stay if you’re a great host! In this episode Ash and Kane talk about how to make yourself likeable as a host and the many benefits that come along with it. They also reveal what not to do if you want your audience to keep coming back for more.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you want to be truly likeable then you can’t be a perfectionist. Be authentic and down to earth.
- You just being you is what makes an audience like you. It makes you and your show memorable.
- There’s all the time in the world to get your content across but if your audience is bored they won’t keep listening.
- Make your audience feel something.
- The feedback loop on podcasting is slow and not very visible. If you can create a community off-platform this can help you build a loyal following.
- If you are doing interviews, you need to make sure you don’t talk too much and let the guest speak.
- Tell personal stories, let people learn about you so they can relate to you.
BEST MOMENTS
"The biggest thing is to not be a perfectionist”
“It’s those funny quirks that attract you to a host”
“It’s always entertainment over education”
“If you can make someone laugh or cry then you’ll go viral”
“The host is there every week the really good guest is only there once, please let me hear from them”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane are joined by the host of the Eventful Lives podcast and entrepreneur Dodge Woodall to discuss his journey from hosting parties to becoming a successful podcaster. Dodge shares how he started his show at the beginning of the pandemic without any prior experience, but how his natural curiosity and gift for conversation have meant success. He gives tips on being an effective interviewer, choosing brand partners, using WhatsApp for business, and more. Dodge also discusses his plans to take the podcast on tour and use it as a force for good by raising money for veterans.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Use naivety in business as a gift. Don't overthink things, just start and figure it out as you go.
- Ask questions others are scared to and show genuine curiosity without judgement to hear people's full stories.
- Build real relationships with guests; follow up after episodes to open more doors down the line.
- Don't look at podcast stats for the first couple of years instead focus on improving versus vanity metrics.
- Have aggressive patience, passionately pursuing ideas for the long haul and overcoming barriers.
- Don't sell your soul for brand deals, only partner with those you genuinely believe in and that will be good for your audience.
- Hire team members who share your vision; employee engagement fuels business growth.
- Do in-person events for deeper fan connections and opportunities to give back.
BEST MOMENTS
"My advice to everyone out there, if you are saying that you're a perfectionist, you don't want to start, just start. No one really gives a shit. Just start."
"If someone gives you an opportunity, just say yes. Work it all out when you’re there."
"People want faces behind brands, you know, you’ve only got to look at the massive brands out there and the actual, the entrepreneur behind it is a lot bigger than the actual brand numbers."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Eventful Lives Podcast
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they talk through the practical steps you can take to get started on your podcasting journey in 2024 as an independent creator. From deciding on your content to how to get accountability, they cover everything you need to know to just get started in podcasting without wasting precious time or breaking the bank.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Before you do anything else, nail down exactly who your audience is.
- Once you know who your listeners are you can figure out what your message is, the problems you want to solve and therefore the content you want to create.
- Regardless of what you might think, you need to differentiate yourself and being niche is one of the ways to do this successfully in podcasting.
- If you properly commit to something, by taking a step and creating accountability, you are much more likely to continue and follow through.
- Once you have started to create content, you can then make artwork etc to match this. Your ideas for the branding will change once you start to record episodes.
- Your branding, name etc can evolve and change over the years, what you decide on now doesn’t have to be what you keep forever.
- You don’t need a perfect podcast to launch, it’s most important that you just get started.
- Perfectionism usually comes from fear of failure.
- The most important thing for success in podcasting is simply creating great content.
BEST MOMENTS
"What are you talking about, who are talking to and what problem are you solving?”
“You need to differentiate”
“It changes and evolves naturally”
“90% of it [podcasting success] is content”
“The longer you wait to create your content the more people that are going to have a head start on you”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://podcasts.apple.com/ie/podcast/all-up-in-your-biz-with-yvonne-tchrakian/id1710512693
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane and Ash interview Yvonne Tchrakian about launching a successful podcast in just two months through manifestation and taking action. Yvonne shares how she overcame tragedy, got a sponsor with no episodes out, and managed it all while juggling 4 kids under 5 and a high-powered legal career. Her high-energy attitude will motivate you to get started on anything you’ve been putting off this year!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Manifest your goals by getting clear on what you want, believing it's possible, visualising the outcome, taking action daily, and expressing gratitude.
- You're manifesting either going for your goals or just cruising through life, so raise your positive vibration no matter where you're at.
- Become a decision maker, take imperfect action over delayed perfection, and learn as you go. Progress compounds.
- Ask for what you want from potential sponsors or partners, back yourself, leverage relationships, and get creative vs boring ads.
- Share your authentic self on social media, especially on strategic platforms like LinkedIn, to build your personal brand.
- When grieving or struggling, develop daily gratitude, simplify achievements into steps, and find accountability partners.
BEST MOMENTS
"If you're not going to do it now, you're never going to do it."
"I always tell people, imagine, think about what you want to manifest in your life, whether it's a baby, a soulmate, the dream job, the car, whatever it is, imagine you've been given it. Like imagine you guys are manifesting your podcast."
"I’ve always been like that. It was the same for my wedding. Right on one dress. I was like, that’s it. You’ve got to know what you want."
"People think, oh my god, she’s doing it all. She’s a corporate lawyer, she’s got four kids, she’s doing a podcast. But nothing is done to a hundred per cent."
"Some people are just born doers, right? So, we’ve just ran one of our three-day trainings... and there’s a few people that by lunchtime’s like I’ve got two of the biggest names in our industry that have committed!"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Yvonne's Podcast 'All Up in your Biz: https://podcasts.apple.com/ie/podcast/all-up-in-your-biz-with-yvonne-tchrakian/id1710512693
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
As 2023 draws to a close Ash and Kane outline their predictions for the podcasting world in 2024. They discuss the impact AI will have on podcasting, why the number of podcasters will grow as well and what new ways to monetise might be coming!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- In 2024 there are going to be more people podcasting with more listeners and more sponsorship and ad spend.
- 2024 may well be one of the last years to be ‘early’ into podcasting
- AI will be used more in 2024 and this will make it easier and faster to podcast
- There is an audience for podcasts who will overwhelmingly be on video platforms, they may not even be aware of the apps you can listen to podcasts on which is why YouTube, TikTok and other platforms need to be part of your strategy in 2024
- There will be more sponsorship across the board but particularly breaking through into the niche podcasts. More agencies are being created to match sponsors with shows which is helping with this.
- YouTube will be rolling out more features surrounding thumbnails which will give you multiple ways to test and tweak your episodes.
- With easy access to AI, the ‘standard’ editing you see now will be so accessible that you will need to be very creative to stand out. There will be more pressure post-production in 2024.
- The competition across platforms means they will be offering more monetisation to appeal to creators and attract them to their platforms.
BEST MOMENTS
“There are gonna be way more podcasters!”
“90% of podcasts don’t get beyond episode 7”
“I hear more YouTubers moaning about creating content as it’s a bit harder, I don’t really hear any podcasters complain”
“Who doesn’t want a shortcut?”
“Your thumbnail is very important”
“There’s going to be a lot more pressure post-production this year”
“Next year’s satisfactory was last year’s exceptional, the standard has moved massively”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane discuss whether podcasters should upload episodes during the Christmas holiday season and the reasons why it might be best not to. They also talk about the value of planning for a relaunch in the new year.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast downloads typically dip from Thanksgiving until the new year, as people are disrupted and traveling during this time.
- January is a great time to launch or relaunch a podcast, as more people have received new devices over Christmas and are looking for new content.
- If you choose to upload episodes over Christmas, make them your least valuable ones, as listenership tends to be lower during this period.
- Entertainment shows may fare better during the holiday season, as people have more free time and may be looking for entertainment options.
- Consider the timing of your podcast episodes based on your target audience and their interests. For example, if you have a snowboarding podcast, focus on releasing your best episodes during the winter season.
BEST MOMENTS
"Essentially, podcast downloads dip from Thanksgiving till the new year when the kids go back to school."
"If you are uploading over Christmas, make it your least valuable episode."
"Entertainment shows, I feel like you could upload over Christmas, more so than education. So if it's education based, like no one's trying to learn anything between Christmas and New Year's, they're just trying to eat and drink, right?"
"The only time I'd say where you see a massive difference is in August. Some people absolutely fly in August, right? Because if I am flying or I'm laying by a pool, I will listen to podcasts all day."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Podcast Summit
Join Ash and Kane as they answer some Podcasting FAQs including what the perfect episode length is and how to monetise your podcast. They also discuss why being authentic and creating valuable content is always an essential, but sometimes forgotten, step.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- How long should your podcast episode be? It depends! Most educational solo content should be around 15 minutes. Interviews can generally be longer.
- Once you have been podcasting for a period of time, your analytics will point to what length your episodes should be, it will also indicate if your content needs tweaking or editing.
- There are two key ways to monetise your podcast, either through sponsorship or indirect sales.
- Niche audiences with a high value can generally get more sponsorship.
- You can get sponsorship before you even start your show, but you need to go out there and work for it.
- Your iPhone is probably good enough to video you to start with and the only other things you need are a dynamic mic and wired headphones.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you’re a beginner podcaster than start at 45 minutes [for interviews]”
“The biggest key here is your analytics”
“Consumption data is the most important thing, on your podcast and YouTube”
“People forget how easy it is to just be authentic and provide valuable content”
“If you can use a studio, use a studio it will always sound better”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline the resources you should know and use as a podcaster. Including revealing the Google and Tinder of podcasts and how chatGPT can help you grow and scale your show.
Podmatch episode with Alex Sanfilippo: https://omny.fm/shows/the-podcaster-s-podcast/episode-026
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- www.listennotes.com is a directory where you can see all podcasts including a lot of data about them such as where they are based, show notes etc. This is useful for research and looking for sponsors.
- www.chartable.com gives accurate and specific information on your show's listenership. It can give you the data you need to make informed decisions on what to do with your podcast.
- There is a lot of choice in terms of software but Adobe is the industry standard and has most of the tools and features you will ever need.
- www.podmatch.com is a great website for finding guests. It will match you based on what you are looking for and the guest’s availability, knowledge and more.
- ChatGPT can be utilised for podcasting in a variety of ways from content ideas to time-saving exercises. The best way to get the most out of any AI is to feed it as much information as possible.
- Descript is a transcribing software that you can then use on various AI platforms.
BEST MOMENTS
“What I use this for the most is finding sponsors and finding collaborators”
“It saves you loads of time and thinking who should I reach out to because 2 minutes on listen notes and you can find a list of sponsors in your industry”
“It’s good to track your chart position and also to research other shows”
“It’s like tinder for podcasts”
“You’re training AI in who you are so make sure you give it as much information as possible”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane share some insider knowledge on how to create viral videos and clips from your podcast. They reveal proven techniques to grow your reach, talk about how to track your progress effectively and also tell you the things not to do!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Tracking your success and failures is important. Create a document where you track all your results on every platform, including who has worked on it, the caption, comments, views and more.
- The first few seconds of a video are paramount, you need to capture attention, two proven ways are to use a famous name or a great question.
- Your clip doesn’t have to be chronological, you can use something from the middle or even the end of the video at the start of your clip to get engagement first.
- It’s not advised to have branding on your clips, it can have a negative impact.
- Your clip needs to be good standalone content.
- Don’t try and sell to people in a clip, a clip is to build your awareness, brand and get people engaged with you and your content, not to sell from.
BEST MOMENTS
“You should have a document tracking your results of every clip on every platform”
“What you can track you can prove”
“If you’re first 3 seconds aren’t great, don’t use the clip it won’t work”
“He [Joe Rogan] is the exception not the rule”
“What you’re saying and what your guest is saying are what matter”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane reveal the things they knowingly do wrong in this very podcast! In this episode they talk about the general rules of podcasting, what usually works and why, but also discuss when it’s ok to go against the grain.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- We have neglected Spotify by almost exclusively focusing on Apple podcasts
- A lot of our income comes from our agency and training so we haven’t had to explore sponsorship of affiliates
- By not being affiliated with any particular brands it means our recommendations can be trusted fully
- Podcasting is usually a balancing act, unless you have infinite time or money you will have to skip some things.
- Sometimes marketing takes precedence over being evergreen!
BEST MOMENTS
“You want quality over quantity”
“We’ve always had a weird thing around sponsorship”
“We’ve got a very niche and targeted audience”
“Getting that feedback is so important”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they outline the reasons it’s time for you to start a podcast! From bigger audiences to monetisation, they highlight what you can get out of podcasting and content creation in 2024. They also talk about why podcasting is easier than ever for content creators and what you can leverage to make yours a success.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s the easiest it’s ever been to grow a brand across platforms, you can do all of your content and grow your brand by just creating one hour-long podcast a week.
- AI is taking out the hard work and lengthy processes that were previously associated with creating content, you can leverage these shortcuts.
- You should still spend the time you would previously on your podcast but instead, you can focus on the content side and more value-added activities.
- Competition in the podcast space is lower even though there are more listeners than ever. Sponsors are paying 4 times as much to creators now than they were in 2021 and there are fewer podcasters.
- If you decide to create a podcast you can’t just wing it and expect success. It takes dedication, time, hard work and patience.
- First impressions count and people will assume how you do your ‘free’ content, i.e your podcast is how you do everything else so it has to be your best!
- Although selling your own services is the primary objective, there are now established creator programmes on most social media platforms so you will be paid for your content directly too.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s never been easier to grow a brand”
“Short-cuts are designed to be used, use them”
“We get pitched AI stuff all the time”
“Definitely use AI to save you some time so you can spend extra time on the other stuff”
“It’s hard to wing it and be successful now”
“People don’t judge you on the paid stuff, they judge you on the free stuff because that’s the first impression”
“You can get paid on Facebook, on YouTube, on TikTok”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Rob Moore shares how he built an 8-figure business through his podcast Disruptors, revealing secrets behind viral episodes like his infamous Andrew Tate interview. He dives into the social strategies that made him one of the biggest creators on the planet, how he monetises across multiple platforms, and the goalpost-moving challenges of going viral while balancing authenticity. Rob also discusses pivoting from property to content creation, his approach to getting high-profile guests like Will.i.am and Katie Hopkins, and why he has beef with Diary of a CEO's Stephen Bartlett. Overall an insightful peek behind the curtain of one of the OG podcasting Disruptors!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Rob’s podcast Disruptors (previously called The Disruptive Entrepreneur) was the first of Progressive Media’s to launch 8 years ago and now has almost 1000 episodes.
- Build a "specific but vague" niche to maximise reach - business, money, and entrepreneurship is broad but still clear.
- Create in your authentic format e.g. long-form interviews for Rob. Short-form doesn't always suit creators. Repurpose one piece of content into 50.
- View podcasting as a commercial business. Reinvest revenue into better guests and production. You need to invest to grow.
- Avoid overcomplicating tech and production as a beginner. iPhone + consistency beats fancy gear!
- Interview skills are critical. Research helps but stay present and let conversations flow. Interviewing takes practice and you will get better with time.
- Go broader once you've built an audience and identity. Rob went from Disruptive Entrepreneur which was more specific to then Disruptors which interviews a wider range of guests.
- Handwritten letters stand out to get guests attention. Wax seals also help, you can outsource the writing.
- Controversial guests like Andrew Tate bring huge but fleeting blows up. Lasting impact depends on authenticity.
- Don't overcomplicate funnels, CRMs etc when starting out. Bang out content and drive people to simple sales funnels.
BEST MOMENTS
“Really, all I should think about is the impact I have on people."
"So many people right now are overwhelmed. It's just a massive confusion. There's so much opportunity but so much confusion."
"This morning...I felt grey and fuzzy and bleh. But I got in the garden and I did a pretty hard workout. And then I got in the ice bath... And I thought, fucking hell, my brain is not really on it."
"Go live for three minutes, five minutes, ten minutes and then fairly easy...you can chuck that content there and they can do four or five clips from that."
"Sometimes I think if I'd have stayed Disruptive Entrepreneur and just interviewed millionaires and billionaires, you know, maybe I might be more successful."
"People way overcomplicate everything. Get a good agency...be more prolific with your content...and the money will start to go up."
"I know for a fact he pays guests big money. I know this for a fact...He and others have made it harder to get guests because they're chucking big money down."
"I like the fact that you call it a commercial business because I don't think a lot of creators do."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Ash and Kane as they talk about the darker side of podcasting. They reveal some of the negatives of being a podcaster and give advice on how to manage these difficult parts of podcasting and how to refocus your attention on the right things.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Comment sections can be awful. Social media is full of negativity but you can’t avoid this when using social media to market your podcast.
- Recording fatigue, everyone struggles to record an episode sometimes but it’s essential to be consistent.
- Podcasting takes more time and effort than most people realise at first. You will hit many hurdles along the way.
- Think about your guests carefully and whether they align with your values and your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“The people that hate what you do won’t listen to your podcast”
“The one thing that I haven’t heard anyone talk about is potentially damaging your reputation”
“A lot of people are worried about their relationship with potential guests but genuinely you need to worry about your relationship with your audience more”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Against most podcasting advice, in this episode, Ash and Kane discuss the rare times when a broader podcast can work. Join them as they first discuss the reasons why a niche podcast sets you up for success but then move on to the instances where going broad is the better and more worthwhile thing to do for your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you have a large audience already, you can potentially have a broader podcast topic.
- A niche podcast is much easier to market, via SEO but also directly.
- To go broad you need to be a great host and interviewer, get great guests and be able to leverage other people’s audiences.
- Production quality and being connected will also help you with growth on a broader podcast.
- Co-hosts with incredible chemistry can buck the trend of niche podcasting.
- Generally, to get traction on a broad subject show you need to spend money, it’s rare to find success for ‘free’.
- Interviewing ‘interesting people’ is not a good enough subject for a podcast.
- If you choose to go broad, audio only is not enough. You need to do video and clips to gain traction.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you haven’t got a big audience already then being broad you’re just going to get lost in the masses of lots of other shows”
“When you’re really specific, it helps”
“They are essentially two nobodies that have blown up into mainstream fame”
“It’s all on personality”
“You have to pay to get in front of people”
“Sometimes you’ve got to push those boundaries to get the best content”
“Realistically you need to rely on the social stuff”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane talk about the differences between an independent creator (you!) and famous podcasters. They highlight why it may feel like you are having to put in so much more work than someone famous but also the advantages you have as an independent creator including being a better interviewer and getting better sponsorship deals
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Famous podcasters have a lot of backing, through ads and sponsors, they often ‘pay to win’
- It can be frustrating seeing celebrities who don’t care about podcasting put in so little effort but hit the charts
- Independent creators are almost always better hosts
- Don’t take inspiration from celebrity podcasts, often what they are doing isn’t good they are only doing well because of how much they are being pushed
- Put your name in full on the artwork
BEST MOMENTS
“So many celebrity podcasters are so awful”
“These guys don’t actually give a shit”
“Sponsors will give more money to people who have built their name”
"Most people don't have to invest that much into their podcast"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
What are the best ways to monetise your video content? In this episode, Ash and Kane compare two of the biggest video platforms right now, YouTube -vs TikTok. They talk about the advantages of using an established platform such as YouTube but also the differences between YouTube and the more dynamic TikTok and what each has to offer creators.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s harder to reach the threshold on YouTube to use its monetisation tools,
- The major downside of TikTok is you don’t always get access to the partner programme unless you consistently hit the threshold. With YouTube, once you have hit it once then it’s lifetime.
- It’s 10-20 times easier to get big views on TikTok, meaning it can be consistently easier but if you can put the work in long-term then you will earn much more on YouTube once you hit their threshold.
- Ensure your content is at least 1 minute 5 seconds on TikTok as it has this tendency to cut off the end of your video.
- Don’t artificially lengthen your content, as this will mean people will stop watching and impact your overall views. Your Editor should be able to use your content to create something that is both long enough and quality content so people don’t switch off.
- Those who have very good production with an editor will see the difference in monetisation as they will be able to keep the audience engaged and interested in their content.
BEST MOMENTS
“The first year of YouTube is a slog”
“It’s easier to get millions of views on TikTok”
“As soon as I open the TikTok app my attention span drops by 50%”
“If you can evoke emotion whether its laugh cry, or controversy people are more likely to engage and its more likely to go viral”
“AI is now very good at replicating what is already working”
"The content is the main thing which is why your podcast should be your focus"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Louie joins Ash to give his valuable and knowledgeable opinion on the best way to record your podcast. They discuss the pros and cons of the main two applications, Zoom and Riverside and highlight the things you may want to consider when choosing which platform to use.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Comfortable guests make better interviews and interviewing them on a platform that is familiar and simple, like Zoom, can help with this
- If you want your guests to use Riverside, you will probably have to coach them on how to use it but it will get you a better recording
- If you have unreliable internet, Zoom can be a good option as it continues to save your recording whereas Riverside does not.
- If you use Zoom, always use gallery view.
- Riverside doesn’t just record what you see on your screen, it records a variety of views and resolutions which means you can then use these to make a high-quality recording.
- If you have good tech and want to utilise it then Riverside is the better platform to use.
- Riverside is built for creators and has more tools you can utilise including storage.
BEST MOMENTS
“Zoom came about after the pandemic”
“What happened to Skype”
“If you want a good interview out of your guest you need them to feel comfortable”
“Zoom is really good if your internet is rubbish”
“I’d encourage you if you want to be serious about podcasting, look at Riverside and see how it can help”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane outline the commonly forgotten things when starting your podcast sponsorship journey. They talk about the stats you can use to promote yourself, how to create scarcity and what sponsors are actually looking for.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Poll your audience, find out exactly who they are. It will be much easier to close a sponsor if you have lots of data on your audience.
- Highlight your top guests, this will elevate how you are perceived by sponsors
- If you’re a number one show, then say so!
- A lot of sponsors will want to see how you convert, this is much more important than your download numbers
- Think about who you might know who might know someone, network and you may be surprised how you become connected to sponsors!
BEST MOMENTS
“Here’s the data, pay me!”
“It’s best practice for you to get to know your audience a bit better”
“If you get good guests you can probably get some free PR”
“People don’t realise how well connected they are”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash is joined by senior producer and YouTube and SEO expert Louie Rider to discuss all things SEO, including what it means and how much it really matters for your content. Louie also reveals the real way to master the algorithm and get your content noticed!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- SEO is based on when websites wanted to appear high on search results but platforms and the internet have changed completely, everything is more complex with many grey areas.
- There are many different elements you can add when you upload a YouTube video including the title, tags, thumbnail, description and more. All these elements work together to create an SEO ‘bubble’ for your video.
- If you are worrying too much about things like tags then you aren’t looking in the right place or focusing on the right things to improve discoverability.
- Word tags used to be important but YouTube no longer uses them, they are almost irrelevant.
- Don’t just focus on key words but also consider key phrases
- You don’t have to match your thumbnail to your title, this is a myth that has been debunked. Just focus on making your thumbnail as vibrant and eye-catching as possible. You can even use it to have a ‘second’ title.
- Instead of focusing on all the SEO that other people are telling you to do, instead focus and use this energy on your content, editing and making it engaging.
BEST MOMENTS
“SEO stands for search engine optimisation”
“A lot of that stuff is rubbish”
“You need to be focusing on the title, the thumbnail and then the description to some extent”
“They’ve hidden it simply because it’s not that important anymore [tags]”
“The title in my opinion is one of the most important things”
“Do whatever you want just make the thumbnail as vibrant and as catchy as possible”
“Instead of tricking the SEO engine, make something good that will then be shared, engaged with, commented on, liked and then you’ll be at the top, that’s a better way of being at the top”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
How can you revitalise your podcast if it has plateaued or even worse, died? In this episode, Ash and Kane give helpful advice and troubleshoot common problems and mistakes with podcasting to help you if you find yourself stuck in a podcast rut!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- A seasonal podcast can mean you haemorrhage listeners. Generally, podcast listeners are creatures of habit, so if you stop producing episodes, they switch off.
- There is such a thing as over-creating content, you will become fatigued and the content will reflect this.
- Keywords and SEO are the most important things about your titles and show notes so make sure they reflect this.
- A relaunch or rebrand is an effective way to revitalise your podcast.
- Focus your promotion for your podcast platform first, once you have succeeded in this you can then branch out to platforms like YouTube.
- Good clear branding, better titles and show notes and more episodes will lead to better discoverability.
BEST MOMENTS
“You can also just do a complete rebrand”
“Focus on building that audio audience that you own, that no one can take away from you”
“It’s 20% of the things you can do that is really going to give you 80% of the result”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Ash and Kane are joined by special guest and all-round podcast expert Adam Roche who is also the creator and host of The Secret History of Hollywood Podcast. They talk about the current update with Patreon and the complications and issues it has made for many creators on the platform. Adam talks about his experiences with Patreon over the past 8 years as a creator and offers insight into what works well and what doesn’t. He also reveals what he would do differently if he were to start using a membership site today.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There was no warning for the current updates to Patreon, they are notoriously bad at communication.
- The free tier Patreon has introduced is impacting paid subscriber numbers and potentially causing existing members to downgrade.
- Patreon has been losing money in recent years, this may explain the changes they have been implementing.
- Instead of trying to transform Patreon into social media, they could instead create their own ‘version’ of something like TikTok and have it feed into the Patreon platform, without damaging creators.
- There are some great features Patreon have added including the collections tab and the shop function but these have usually been in collaboration with creators.
- Patreon needs to give the control to the creators, they are the ones who know their audience they simply need the platform to create the tools so they can reach them.
BEST MOMENTS
“They don’t update it [Patreon] in forever and all of a sudden they change everything”
“They are devaluing the original offer”
“Out of all the platforms in the creator space, they [Patreon] have always been creator first”
“I don’t understand either that a platform that is basically just a website and an app, it’s basically just a service”
“They don’t get paid unless I get paid”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.attaboyclarence.com/the-secret-history-of-hollywood-a-modern-guide-to-the-golden-age-of-hollywood
https://www.linkedin.com/in/adam-roche-62478897/?originalSubdomain=uk
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane talks to PR expert, speaker and podcaster Chloe Bisson in this episode. Chloe shares insider tips on how to turn your podcast content into books and paid speaking opportunities. She reveals the pros and cons of traditional publishing vs self-publishing and explains how to leverage media appearances to grow your personal brand. Chloe also provides actionable tactics on conducting great interviews, building rapport with guests, and launching a successful podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Consider hybrid publishing where you get support but retain control and profit.
- Add free online resources to your book to capture reader emails.
- Approach podcast interviews like public speaking - prepare but don't overprepare.
- Build rapport with guests pre-interview to relax them and get to the good stuff faster.
- Launch with curiosity and buzz - get people talking about your upcoming podcast.
- Release episodes with big names early to build platform for lesser known guests.
- Use your own social media to promote episodes - don't rely on platforms alone.
- The biggest mistake most people make is they don’t make their book about them and their brand. Ensure your book has you all over it!
BEST MOMENTS
"When you go into media, you don't have very long to make an impact."
"If there's someone you want to have on your podcast, go and meet them in person, go to an event, watch them do something else."
"My ultimate is to get the podcast on other channels as well. I would love to take the show on to radio, TV."
"Enjoy the process and don't wait for perfect - you can tweak as you go."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
https://www.linkedin.com/in/chloebissonofficial/?originalSubdomain=uk
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Colin Nottage gives an interview at the latest 3-day Podcast Training in this episode. Colin is the host of The Interesting Health and Safety Podcast, a show that Ash and Kane have referenced multiple times when speaking about podcast niches, monetisation and branding in podcasting.
Colin shares how he built his brand and spun off multiple streams of income from his podcast, directly into his business. He started podcasting to engage with people differently as a health and safety consultant. Though his download numbers are small compared to mainstream podcasts, he has a highly engaged, targeted audience. Colin discusses his learnings, personal development, and biggest wins from podcasting over the past few years as well as offers advice on starting a podcast, maintaining quality over quantity, and bringing forward your life goals rather than waiting until retirement!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting allowed Colin to elevate his business from £395 deals to 6-figure contracts by building his personal brand.
- He spun off a paid community, software business, and grew his consultancy through podcast guest relationships.
- Colin went from wanting to be the expert to facilitating conversations and learning from guests.
- He shortened episodes to 8-10 minutes for commutes and kept interviews under 45 minutes.
- Consistency and not stopping episodes for too long is critical, even though the back catalogue will still get downloads.
- Colin focused on quality over quantity and actionable content his niche would value.
- Podcasting built his confidence to chair major health and safety organisations.
- It provided an opportunity to rethink his training products and approach with existing clients.
BEST MOMENTS
"Podcasting seemed to be a way to engage with people in a different way."
"What it became is a fantastic opportunity for me to learn."
"I can actually say to my clients, look, you know, come on, let's jump on, let's do an episode."
"Enjoy it. Make sure you start. And then quality of information above quantity."
"Bring forward all the visions and things you want to achieve rather than waiting until retirement."
"The podcast is allowing us to build the business, to give us the freedom to make those decisions."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
The Interesting Health and Safety Podcast with Colin Nottage
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
There are many opportunities to be found in podcasting, and in this episode, Ash and Kane highlight the ones you may have not thought about or considered. They give advice on how you can leverage these opportunities including for financial gain and also how podcasting presents unique ways to get recognition and endorsement.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Books and publishing
- Speaking gigs
- Access to people
- Unique relationship building
- Recognition, credibility and endorsement
- Live Shows
- Business Opportunities
BEST MOMENTS
"Would you like some cash to write [a] book and we publish?”
“People get opportunities from their guests”
“We’ve had people with smallish audiences and then done live shows and sold out”
“If you have a high bracket audience, people will pay to be on there”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Another great Q&A from Ash and Kane answering The Podcaster's Podcast community questions, from optimising content to monetization and everything in between! Learn why your title and episode structure matter, how to increase downloads and some of the tools you can use to measure, track and grow your podcast too!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you are losing 85% of your audience 5-10 minutes into your episode, then it’s your content that is bad.
- Start with a ‘hook’ to engage your audience and follow this with quality content and further enticing phrases to keep them listening.
- Keep those listeners who are interested continually engaged by showing up across as many social media platforms as possible.
- Crowd-sourcing your content is a great way to connect to your audience and produce content they are looking for and will engage with.
- Your hosting site should have everything you need to track your podcast.
- It’s better to do less content and remain consistent.
BEST MOMENTS
"You don’t need a lot of downloads to make money”
“You can tease something that happens at the end and edit out anything too dry”
“Social media is retention based”
“If you want the end result then you need to put the work in and the investment that’s going to get you there”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Things are starting to change fast in video because of AI! What was previously considered good production has now become standard, but what can you do to combat this and ensure your video and content continue to stand out? Join Ash and Kane as they discuss the benefits of AI in video and how you can utilise it as well as stand out against it.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Video repurposing is going to require a lot more attention and focus going forward to make it cut through the volume of AI videos out there.
- AI can help you as an editor, to speed things up and tackle repetitive tasks. But it isn’t a creative and this is why a good editor is more important than ever.
- AI doesn’t innovate, it just repeats what has already been done.
BEST MOMENTS
"If 9/10 videos look like that then even if you’ve put the time into editing people will skip as it looks the same”
“AI can’t do a lot of things a good editor can do”
“The long form stuff needs to be really high value to capture your worth”
“The problem with AI is it doesn’t innovate”
“Your creative eye is the most important thing for you to stand out”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Kane and Ash in this episode as they outline the traits top podcasters all have in common. They discuss why these common traits make a good podcaster and give tips on how you can mirror these traits in your own podcast too.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Any successful podcaster is great at speaking.
- One way to stop yourself from adding filler words such as ‘uhm’ is to instead pause. It sounds better but also these pauses can be taken out when edited.
- If you are using video platforms as well as your podcast, looking good is something most successful shows have in common. You want to look presentable and your best, having good lighting and camera angles can make a big difference.
- The top interview shows always ask the questions that no one else asks. Think about missed opportunities in your past episodes and ensure you are unique in what you ask your interviewee. You want to be generating unique content.
- Successful podcasters are very particular about the quality of content they are putting out, including those they interview. Quality is more important than quantity.
BEST MOMENTS
"You don’t have to be perfect, we make mistakes all the time”
“Try and find those flaws in everything you’re doing”
"They all often ask questions that are really uncomfortable"
"You want every episode to be a hit"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Join Kane as he asks Ash questions surrounding podcasting including his favourite podcast and what they do well, his future goals for the show and his biggest podcasting ick! Ash and Kane also discuss who would be their dream interviewees and why.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- People who always ask for advice but never take it are incredibly frustrating, it’s a waste of both their and your time.
- Go and practice and ‘do’ what you learn. Knowledge is nothing if it isn’t put into practice.
- Solicitors fit many of the parameters for a perfect podcast sponsor, don't dismiss them.
- Your best conversations and insight might not come from the biggest named guests but those you can talk authentically and openly with.
- Think about what types and style of content you could create. Not just in your podcast but what you can do with it on other platforms too.
BEST MOMENTS
"To know and not to do is not to know”
“I really wanna interview young Jamie from Joe Rogan”
“You want your ego stroked!”
“I’m really inspired by think media”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Want the inside scoop on getting sponsors for your podcast and keeping them coming back? Kane and Ash talk about how you can maximise sponsor retention and drive results. Learn clever ways to seamlessly weave sponsored messages into your show so listeners don't tune them out, discover ideal ad placement, duration, and frequency to drive conversions. Plus, tips for finding sponsors aligned with your audience and content so endorsements feel authentic.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Negotiate longer initial deals (8-12 weeks) so sponsors see results before deciding to renew. Remind them most listeners need multiple touchpoints before taking action.
- Make ads conversational, relatable and seamlessly blended into content. Avoid scripted reads that interrupt the flow.
- Place ads mid-episode when retention is highest, not beginning/end where skipping is easy.
- Select sponsors carefully to ensure true audience alignment. Products you genuinely use and endorse convert better.
- Maximise value by promoting sponsors in other channels like email lists and one-on-one conversations.
- Gradually extend deal lengths to lock in sponsors long-term as your audience grows.
BEST MOMENTS
"Can't skip if we're sneaky. Exactly. So now it's just in the brain and they can't avoid it."
"I would rather take a little bit less money at that point...and it be guaranteed over the year paid up front than having to find to negotiate sponsorships every 8 to 12 weeks personally."
"Put yourself in the listener's shoes"
"If you're sponsoring your own podcast with your own brand or selling your own thing, take this same advice."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Kane and Ash talk about how to make the most out of podcast reviews including how to get them in the first place and what to do to get the most out of it once you've got them!
Reviews are relevant and matter for all podcasts, so whether you have a big audience or a small one, you're just starting out or you have been around a while, listen in to learn how to gain and then utilise reviews.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- One of the only ways to give an indication of the popularity and size of your podcast is via reviews. This is how you can make an impression on new listeners or those just seeking out content.
- Reviews can give you credibility, with potential listeners but also with clients, sponsors and more.
- Negative reviews aren’t common on podcasts, it’s a very different space than social media.
- Share your reviews on your podcast, it makes you look great but also encourages people to leave them as they want theirs to be read out!
- Create some back and forth with your audience and reviewers, it generates content and builds a relationship with your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
‘It’s quite beneficial as a social proof sort of thing’
‘If you get a 1-star review and it hurts your feelings, it’s probably true what they’re saying’
‘Leave us a review, we will read it out!’
‘If you give people too many tasks they just won’t do any of them’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
There are some mistakes that almost all podcasters make, tune in with Ash and Kane to find out what they are and how you can avoid making them. They focus on everything from your artwork and show notes to how to give valuable content to create an engaged audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Follow this podcast! Don’t miss out on free, high quality advice.
- Bad intros: intros that are pre-recorded and generic are outdated and boring. They encourage listeners to skip.
- Record an intro after you have interviewed a guest so you can highlight the relevant points about them. Don’t just read their cv or bio.
- Neglecting the show notes and titles. These are your opportunity to create great SEO and content.
- Be authentic, be you.
- Bad artwork. People who don’t know you will click on your podcast because of your artwork and title, don’t underestimate the importance of your artwork.
- Doing too much. It’s best to focus on certain tasks and add them into your schedule, then build up to doing more.
- Trying to please everyone. You can’t and in the process you will lose the audience you really want.
- Don’t hold back your content, give good valuable content without a paywall.
BEST MOMENTS
‘If you do have interviews don’t read their cv out’
‘Your artwork needs to be big, bold, clear and if it’s going to have your photo on it make sure it’s high res’
‘If you don’t spend money on anything else spend money on a designer to do your artwork’
‘Pleasing everyone just results in pleasing nobody, be more niche’
‘If you want to stand out, create niche content’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
If you have bad content, how do you identify it and then take action to make it better? In this episode, Ash and Kane talk through how to recognise if your content is bad and the steps you can then take to improve it, particularly focusing on how to curate unique content that sounds great!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If after a year or so of podcasting, you aren’t getting traction, it might be time to re-evaluate.
- Being yourself whilst providing good value is the best way to create good content.
- Good audio quality is more important than it has ever been, the standard is getting higher.
- Listen through every one of your episodes, take notes and try and to improve on one thing every single time.
- Think of unique questions to ask your guest, you want to create content about them that is unique.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Most people's content does suck and that’s why it doesn’t grow’
‘If it doesn't sound good then you’re gonna assume it’s not good quality’
‘You have to entertain as you educate’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Try Riverside free now: https://creators.riverside.fm/PodcastersPodcast & Use code: Podcast15 for an exclusive 15% off.
Are you making enough money from your podcast? If not, then you need to start focusing on your call to actions! Either you aren’t making them at all, or they aren’t good enough. Ash and Kane talk about why a call to action is so effective, the differences between a written call to action and an audio one as well as how to leverage them for the best results, including your podcast reviews.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can’t see the amount of downloads a podcast gets, so having reviews gives you credibility.
- Create a ‘click magnet’ to make your call to action appealing to your audience.
- A call to action can serve more than one purpose, such as generating your own email database. This data is invaluable in helping you grow.
- Repetition is important for a successful call to action.
- Make your call to action all about your guest, do it consistently, have audio and written ones and include it with good copy at the top of your show notes.
- Make your 'click magnet' as valuable as possible, rivalling what your competitors are advertising.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Someone is four times more likely to share your podcast if you just ask them to’
‘The more reviews you get the bigger your podcast looks’
‘Your call to action should be at the top of your show notes’
‘Call to actions to capture people’s data is really important for your growth’
‘It takes 7 touchpoints for someone to make a buying decision and that’s why it’s so important to give a valuable click magnet’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
Ash and Kane outline the four Cs of podcast marketing. They discuss each one of them, highlighting why they are important and emphasise that keeping them in mind when creating your podcast will be instrumental in your success!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Content: If your content is bad, it won’t grow and you won’t retain your audience.
- Consistency is key. You need to be there and create what your audience expects, week in and week out.
- Community. If you build your own, you then have control over communicating with your audience.
- Collaboration. This can be you guesting on other podcasts or interviewing people on yours.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Statistics for us have been really good for us’
‘Most people should up their volume as well’
‘When you’re interviewing a good guest, they’re gonna listen’
‘Collaborating with people who already have an audience, who are already known is a great way to grow your podcast”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
If you are a new show, follow these tips from Ash and Kane to get your first 1k downloads! In this episode, they reveal all of the things you can do to leverage yourself as a new podcast and how to continue that growth trajectory for your launch and beyond.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Be way more specific in targeting your audience than you first may think
- Do a proper, staged and planned launch, aiming to get yourself number 1 in the charts in your category.
- Find someone popular in your niche who has a big following and collaborate with them and/or get involved in their communities
- Good SEO is one of the most powerful things for discoverability for your podcast.
- Having a catalogue of episodes when you launch is important to get people to subscribe and continue to listen.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Who else has a really engaged audience in the niche you are in outside of podcasting?’
‘Collaboration is a really big one when you first start, we’ve had people that have only built their show by collaboration’
‘Make sure you have optimised titles and show notes
‘Have a back catalogue of episodes when you go live’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
You can’t compare success on different content platforms! With podcasting, an engaged audience is far more important than a large one and critically, worth more money. In this episode Kane and Ash talk about why there can be poor perceptions around podcasting and what true success looks like for you as a podcaster.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- With many other platforms, such as TikTok and YouTube, your audience and followers aren’t engaged therefore you need a lot of followers to be able to gain traction and make money.
- Success in business is very different to most content platforms, it isn’t so much about volume but about quality of followers/customers and podcasting is the same.
- The amount sponsors are paying podcasters is increasing year on year, even though the amount of podcasters isn’t increasing at the same rate.
- You’ll never get a hater that is doing better than you, TikTok and other platforms can be a very negative place.
BEST MOMENTS
‘TikTok has a completely different perception of success’
‘Perception of success is very different in the business world -vs- the content world’
‘More listeners, less podcasters, more money being spent…this is a pretty good time to start’
‘Most people on TikTok on arseholes’
‘Negative stuff gets a reaction’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane talk through the 5 steps you need to take in order to monetize your podcast. They break down everything you need to know from how to prepare to promotion and everything in between. They also reveal one of the most overlooked essential parts of podcasting!
'5 Steps to a Profitable Podcast': https://events.progressivesuccess.co.uk/5-steps-to-a-profitable-podcast-ash/
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Choose your niche and be clear with what you want to talk about, also focus on clear and simple artwork and titling.
- There are four elements that your recording quality relies on: equipment, environment, technique and post-production
- Consistency, this is the cornerstone of success for a podcast.
- In podcasting your competitors are often your best collaborators and the relationships with your podcast guests can also present a variety of opportunities and open many doors.
- Utilise your podcast long-form content to create content for other platforms such as TikTok and YouTube.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Don’t be scared of being niche, the more specific your audience the better’
‘Don’t talk directly into the microphone’
‘If you aren’t going to able to do a podcast consistently there’s probably no point in doing it’
‘The people in the space you are in are the people you want to talk to’
‘It’s good for retention, it’s important to put your content everywhere so people are being reminded about your podcast’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
What are the best ways to help you close a sponsorship deal? Ash and Kane outline the best ways you can win over marketers and executives to want to sponsor your podcast. They also talk about current podcast ad growth and why it is something that any podcaster can utilise.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You need to educate the sponsor, on what podcasting is, what they can gain from it, why it could work for them and why it’s better than an alternative method.
- Old episodes are there forever, they will be listened to in years to come.
- A good way to leverage your first season/first batch of episodes is by selling how much first episodes are relistened to.
- Talk about repurposing, how the sponsor won’t only get exposure from the podcast but also from clips on other platforms, social media posts, blogs and more
- Smaller creators who don’t often do ads will have higher conversion because they have trust and a relationship with their audience.
- Most podcasts have a specific audience which means you can get some very specific sponsors and be very targeted.
- The amount of money sponsors have spent on podcasts is increasing every year, set to be 3.9 billion in just the US by 2025
- You can get very technical with your dynamic ad insertion, targeting old episodes or subject-specific episodes
BEST MOMENTS
‘You kinda have to sell the benefit of podcasting to the marketer’
‘Offer them more, build value’
‘Your podcast is going to have a very specific audience’
‘50% of all podcast downloads are on old episodes’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane listen to other creators' advice on TikTok about podcasting including what equipment to use, how to get started and tips on names, formatting and content. Ash and Kane give their own thoughts and opinions on what these creators are saying, including controversial objections to some of the advice they are putting out there as gospel!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Word of mouth is important but you don’t need to ‘sit on’ finding the perfect name for your podcast. You can easily change your name later.
- You don’t need to be clever or use jargon for your podcast name, it should do what it says on the tin and be around 4 words.
- Quality audio is vital, it has to sound good or people will leave, but it’s easy and simple to create good audio.
- Listen to podcasts inside and outside of your niche to get inspiration on how to present and format your show.
- Just because there are other podcasts that cover the same content as yours, it doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do it, however, ensure you are being specific enough and not just creating another generic podcast.
- There are multiple hosting platforms for your podcast, do your own research rather than accepting what others recommend.
- Write down any podcast ideas you have as inspiration can hit at any time.
- Who you are talking about and to is important to decide before you start your podcast but you don’t have to limit yourself to one format. You can be a mix of solo eps, interviews and co-hosting.
- It is common to get a plateau in listenership and growth at the 2-3 month mark after launching your podcast. Stay consistent and keep putting good content out there to ride this out.
BEST MOMENTS
‘It needs to be easy to say and remember’
‘Most microphones are the same, as long as it’s a dynamic microphone and you use it correctly…you’re fine’
‘Listen to podcasts from people that aren’t famous or who weren’t famous before podcasting’
‘Don’t be put off by other creators in that space’
‘Having variety in the content you make, makes it so much easier to be consistent
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane talk through how you can invest in your podcast including when to do so and what you can do with the budget you have. They include the very first things to invest in, talk about why the many things you do as a podcaster reflect on your product or service and the importance of small details such as your artwork and the impact they can have on your listenership.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If your content sounds and looks bad, this will impact anything else you offer. The first thing you should invest in for your podcast is equipment.
- Upgrade to a premium version of Zoom or similar so you don’t need to worry about interviews being cut off and have the right features needed.
- Audio quality has to come first.
- Pay a graphic designer and make your artwork bold and clear, make it clickable!
- Bad audio makes people turn off and switch off. Good audio quality is essential.
- Show notes and titles are worth investing in, if you can pay a copywriter or agency to optimise these you will see results but it will also save you valuable time.
- Engaging with others on social media can have a transformative impact on podcast growth, if budget allows extend it to hiring a social media manager.
- A studio is a great thing to invest in if you have a bigger budget but it isn’t necessary, you would get more for your money by paying for a videographer and it means you can flexibly interview too.
- Paying for guests is something that can work for certain styles of podcasts and can build growth fast.
- PR has a lot of value but it’s very expensive and is only worth spending on if you have guests who are well-known or have credibility in your field.
BEST MOMENTS
‘You cannot have a podcast without spending a bit of money on equipment’
‘Good audio is good audio, bad audio hurts’
‘Most people can get a huge amount of growth just from doing the audio-only podcast and doubling down on that’
‘A lot of people try to save cost and they end up cutting results’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane talk about why there’s no such thing as too niche and share the right ways to build and create your concept for your podcast in this episode.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Be more niche.
- Just talking to interesting people isn’t a concept for a podcast.
- You need to be consistently providing value for the same people very week, that’s how you build a successful podcast
- What is something you can talk about every week for a year and can that be monetised? If so, that’s a great concept.
- An easy way to tell if your concept is any good is to ask yourself, who will your listener be and who is your ideal client? They should be the same person.
- If you aren’t well known you need your title to be searchable and easily identifiable.
- It can be easy to think being too niche alienates people but it’s the opposite, it attracts them.
BEST MOMENTS
“The more broad you are you’re going to lose audience retention because you’re not hitting the same people every time”
“To name your podcast it should be two to three words and does what it says on the tin”
“Be very niche, follow the system to create a good concept and a title that works…then thank us later!”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
How can you leverage other creators as a creator yourself? Ash and Kane talk about the many ways you can utilise existing communities and creators with a following whilst remembering everything is about give and take.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You have to engage and participate on platforms to get traction, you can’t just upload content, you have to share, comment and overall be engaging with others.
- Giving a lot of value to communities and groups will create a trickle-down effect on your podcast listenership.
- Leverage creators and communities that already have a following and you will see an impact.
- The best way to go viral is to create long-form content and then ‘chop’ it up and repurpose it across platforms.
- If you are commenting, you want your comment to have an impact and get a reaction, having a strong opinion counts.
- Commenting on posts in your space/niche on LinkedIn will put your account in front of potential listeners and clients.
- One of the biggest things to make your video go viral is comments. You can also screenshot these and DMs and share them with your audience.
- Screenshot other creators' content and share whilst tagging them. You have to give credit to get credit.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you aren’t performing, it’s probably because you aren’t using it yourself”
“Be an active member of a community”
“Having a strong opinion is important”
“Collaboration and networking are vital on every platform it’s just slightly different depending on where you are”
“You become credible the more you source other people”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Join Ash and Kane as they talk through how to create a video podcast. They talk about the benefits of a video podcast as well as how you can get started creating video content.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can absolutely still have an audio-only podcast, they are very successful in their own right.
- Doing a video podcast means that you can repurpose it. No longer will you need to specifically create content for social media platforms you can create one origin piece.
- It’s easier to get better guests if you do video, they can see what you do and your success with others easily.
- Zoom is an easy platform to use when you get started, just ensure you are on gallery view so your editor can edit clips of both you and your guest talking.
- A desktop, laptop or phone camera is fine to use when you get started.
- A ringlight is a worthy investment
- Your budget will determine what software you use, there is a free version of a lot of different software or the full suite of Adobe is around £50 a month
- Make sure your framing is right, your neck should be in the centre of the video
BEST MOMENTS
“You can’t not create content nowadays”
“Make sure your setting up your social channels so you’ve got something to post those clips on”
“A decent editor will be able to make it look high quality”
“Have some form of headphones or earphones, that applies to audio or visual”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
In this episode of the Podcasters Podcast, Ash and Kane re-record a review episode of the veterinary podcast "Chat with the Chatfields." They discuss the positive aspects of the podcast, such as the rapport between the hosts, the consistent episode length, and the inclusion of sponsors. They also provide constructive feedback on areas for improvement, including the need for clearer branding and naming consistency, better audio quality and balance, more detailed show notes, and the use of chapters on YouTube. Despite the critiques, Ash & Kane commend Jen & Jason's podcast for its impressive growth and success in the podcasting world.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The podcast, "Chat with the Chatfields," is a veterinary podcast hosted by Jennifer and Jason.
- The hosts have a good rapport and provide educational content that is entertaining.
- The podcast has a consistent episode length, which is important for listener engagement.
- The podcast has a good number of subscribers and positive reviews, indicating its popularity and quality.
- There are areas for improvement, such as improving audio quality, balancing the voices of the hosts, and creating more detailed show notes with useful resources.
BEST MOMENTS
"They've got so much further than most people. They have got a ton of episodes there. That's awesome. I've said this stat recently before 90% of podcasts stop within three episodes and 90% of those finish or stop by episode 20. So purely by podcasting for six months, you are in the top 1% of people that have ever done it. And that is something to be applauded and well done."
"I think educational content where people are entertained at the same time, 100% is going to land better."
"Views are like very good, like subs, 1900 and that's just on the YouTube. So that's really good. Top 3% in the world, you know, and they had 45, five-star ratings on the podcast. So there is clearly, and their comments and their reviews are really positive and it's mostly about the two hosts and how they are."
"Their episodes are all a similar length, right? Which is something people take for granted sometimes. No one wants to listen to a podcast where one time it's 20 minutes long, the next it's an hour and 50, right? If it's different types of content within the podcast, fair enough, like interviews, solo or discussion episodes, but there's all seems to be a pretty consistent length. Their episodes, which is good."
"The niche of their content is really good. We always say to people, the more niche, the better. So that's probably helped them in getting sponsors and getting really good feedback and views, etc."
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
Chats with the Chatfields: https://youtube.com/@ChatfieldShow
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane talk about the ways you can leverage YouTube to grow and scale your podcast including how to format your videos, the types of content to create and how to play the YouTube algorithms.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s not enough to just upload the full podcast to YouTube, this won’t be effective.
- The optimal way to grow on YouTube is to do the daily posting of shorts, a few excerpts of mid-length content 1/3 times a week and then your full-length version once a week.
- 5-15 min excerpts are important because they get people to buy into you and your podcast. You are giving them the ‘best bits’ to tease them into listening to your full podcast.
- You’re doubling your SEO by creating more excerpts, it’s a chance to have a title about specific content separate from your main episode.
- You must pick quality over quantity, particularly with your excerpts, as these are what appeal to people who will end up subscribing to you.
- You can be more experimental with your shorts/clips.
- You can upload a few shorts then whichever one does the best, tailor your except content around this.
- It can be a good thing to start with shorts and get some traction first, so you can understand what content is popular.
- You want your retention on your videos to be high, one way to do this is to edit in best bits of the full version of your podcast into the intro/beginning of the video as it keeps people watching and engaged.
BEST MOMENTS
“Daily shorts, you’re going to get good virality, really good views even from a brand new account”
“Joe Rogan revolutionised this”
“It’s a really good way to turn a bit of evergreen content into newsjacking”
“Those 1-3 excepts, they’re going to be the biggest catalyst to your growth”
“If you keep uploading content and it gets nothing, YouTube is going to learn this creator sucks and I’m not going to push their content out”
“You need your retention to be as high as possible after 30 seconds”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Kane and Ash give you the shortcuts to growing your podcast including many they haven’t previously discussed, not to be missed!
PLUS For half the price of a coffee join our Patreon! You can join The Podcaster’s Podcast Community, get access to exclusive content including videos and outtakes and get the opportunity to have all your questions about podcasting answered!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Join TPP Patreon here: Patreon [ https://www.patreon.com/KaneBaron ]
- A DM campaign is a great way to get people to convert, you can simply DM anyone who engages with your content across social media and link them to your podcast
- Dming your audience builds goodwill with them and removes friction
- You can sponsor other people’s podcasts, it’s worth spending the money to sponsor a bigger podcast than yours within your niche to grow your audience
- Collaborations outside your niche can be another way to grow your audience, or within your niche but a different platform. For example a YouTube channel within your industry
BEST MOMENTS
“What they will do if they like that content, is engage with it”
“It builds a lot of goodwill with your audience”
“You will see a huge increase in your listenership because it's being endorsed by a show within your niche”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Patreon
Website
EPISODES TO CHECK OUT NEXT
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron & Ashley Morris run the UK's first and largest Podcast Agency, Progressive Media.
They specialise in planning, launching, and Growing Podcasts that Generate Leads, Revenue and Business opportunities as well as helping Experts and Entrepreneurs improve Credibility and Positioning within their niche to Scale their Personal Brand and Business.
Kane and Ashley manage over 100 Podcasters every week Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton and Dapper Laughs. They have supported hundreds of Podcasts in generating tens of Millions in combined Revenue.
Progressive Media have provided Production, Marketing and Consultancy services to help creators Launch, Scale & Monetise their Podcast for over 7 years.
CONNECT & CONTACT
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Kane and Ash are answering your questions in this episode including whether your podcasts should be videos too, what type of content people prefer and the easiest way to share and promote a podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don’t need video to make your podcast successful but if you do podcasting alongside video then you will reap more benefits and find more success
- Generally, people prefer podcasting because it feels personal and with co-hosts and interviews it’s conversational which allows for better content
- The easiest way to share a podcast is to turn episodes into clips and post them on other social media platforms, including collaboration posts with guests which puts you in front of multiple audiences
- Your show notes will help you grow your listenership with keywords, SEO and having lots of things for Apple and Spotify to surface your content to people
BEST MOMENTS
“The idea it’s a conversation somehow adds more credibility to what you’re saying”
“I feel like my best content is where you prompt me”
“Look how quickly you grow, because you’re in front of other peoples audiences”
“The total number of people that read an entire list of show notes and then decide not to listen to the episode is zero percent, nobody does that”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
It’s uncommon to get hateful or negative comments directly on podcast apps, however when a podcast is repurposed into clips, that is when you can often see negativity crop up on other platforms. Join Ash and Kane as they talk about not only how to deal with these comments but how to leverage them to serve you and your podcast. Ash and Kane also talk about the importance of positive engagement and the things you can do to elevate your connections with your audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Being on the fence means you will not perform well as your content isn’t engaging people.
- If you are worried about putting content out there because of the reaction you get then you aren’t creating content that is true to you and your message. You shouldn’t suffer with imposter syndrome if you are who you say you are.
- The people who comment negatively are never going to buy from you so don’t feel like you need to make them happy.
- LinkedIn is a great platform for podcasters to use to engage with their audience.
- Engage with positive engagement and connect with those individuals as they like what you are doing and are also potential clients and customers.
- A newsletter for your listeners is a key way to engage with them directly, having an email list is also beneficial for any sponsorships going forward.
BEST MOMENTS
“Get off the fence because that will cause engagement”
“Haters are so good for the algorithm”
“We don’t just chat shit, we do shit too!”
“With positive engagement it's important to connect with those people because they clearly like what you do”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane give the low down on one of the fastest-growing social media platforms ever, Threads. They talk about how to utilise it right now, what it’s great for and what they expect to see in the future.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Threads has a network effect and people often underestimate the impact of this, you can still attract a wide audience if people are engaging with your content.
- Interact with as many people as possible, this will get you in front of a wider audience.
- One of the opportunities at the moment is the amount Threads have spent to launch it, they want it to work so they will make it favourable to creators early on. Now is the time to utilise this.
- Be an early adopter of the platform and experiment and get creative. After 3 months you will begin to figure out what works and have an advantage over many other creators.
- It is worth spending some time on Threads but bear in mind at the moment, video content is still preferable so continue to do your video content.
BEST MOMENTS
“They’re tapping into the Instagram audience that has 2 billion monthly users”
“You can still get a big audience of people that don’t know you if people are engaging in your content”
“At the end of the day, these platforms don’t exist if there are not creators”
“At the minute, video content is still king”
“Threads is already bigger than clubhouse”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
The current AI for show notes, editing and transcripts aren’t good enough for use yet, but in this episode, Kane and Ash talk about the things you can use AI for as a podcaster and discuss the positive aspects of the current AI tech out there!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can use AI to generate your podcast name, if you give it the right info it can give you lots of good options to choose from
- AI can give lots of good content generation including generating questions for guests and save you time on research for guests and subjects including for SEO optimisation
- AI can give you lists of where your audience is, it doesn’t matter how niche your subject matter is, it can list everywhere your audience is and you can utilise this in so many ways.
- Don’t take the use of AI too far, for example, no one would want to listen to a podcast created purely by AI! AI can help you a lot in podcasting but there are still many things in podcasting AI will never replicate, such as authenticity.
BEST MOMENTS
“We have spent money on them, they just aren’t good enough”
“It takes a lot of the legwork out of the planning and thinking a podcast”
“You don’t have to do research, you don’t need to do much research on guests and you don’t need to think where to promote it, it does all of that for you”
“You’re going to get left behind if you don’t leverage it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Time to bust some podcast myths with Ash and Kane who explore everything from the editing you need to how much it really costs to make a podcast!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- ‘Plastic content’ is when something has been over-edited and feels very inauthentic
- People listen to podcasts because it's relatable, you don’t want it to be highly produced
- Podcasting doesn’t have to cost a lot, it costs as much as you want to spend.
- Podcasting is less technical than you might first think, all you need is a mic to get started!
- Being new and small as a podcast can be a benefit, your audience relates to you more even if you don’t have the most expertise, there’s always someone behind you in your journey.
- You don’t need famous guests for a successful podcast. You can be incredibly successful without having to leverage famous names.
- As long as your content is good and you market it to the right people, you can create a very popular podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
“All shows must be well produced, edited, all of that good stuff”
“If you want to do social media, I promise that’s harder”
“You don’t’ need to spend a load of money”
“It did so well because it was so relatable to people”
“You don’t need huge name guests”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
100 Episodes of The Podcasters Podcast! To celebrate this milestone Ash and Kane are going to talk about exactly that, how to leverage your milestone episodes and practice what they preach with a giveaway package worth over 3k!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- A milestone episode can be anything from your 100th episode, to a relevant date in your niche or even an anniversary.
- Listen to this entire episode, hit the follow button and send a screenshot to Ash and Kane to be in the running to launch or relaunch with Progressive Media!
- On your milestone episode, you need to incentivise people to hit follow with a giveaway.
- Use polls on your social media to gather engagement from followers for your podcast launch/relaunch
- You don’t need 1000s of followers, you just need to make things personal, for example dming people directly.
- A quality audience is better than a large audience. It’s all about value not quantity especially when aiming to eventually monetise.
- Relaunching is also an opportunity to sell, you can give info on your product and its price without being salesy. It’s a very smart way of advertising your business.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s an excuse to do some marketing, to give yourself a big push in the charts, get some more listeners”
“You will become more extroverted the more you do it”
“If you DM people you will get a much higher open rate”
“Relaunching is a sneaky way of selling”
“If you’re struggling to monetise we’ll give you that plan”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
What are the benefits of evergreen content -vs- timely content in podcasting? Ash and Kane discuss the differences between podcast content that is relevant days, weeks, months and potentially even years down the line and content that is ‘of the time’ such as utilising hot topics and news stories. They also give tips on how to ensure evergreen content is exactly that and what works well for both types of content.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Evergreen is something that is relevant all of the time. Good evergreen content is timeless.
- Creating evergreen content means you will get everything you absolutely can from that one piece of content.
- The main benefit of doing of the time content such as newsjacking, is it gets way more traction. People are attracted to new things.
- Utilising news doesn’t have to be 'big' it can simply be related to your business and/or niche.
- If you are looking to build relationships with listeners then evergreen content should be your go-to.
- 80-90% of your long-form content should be evergreen and short-form content should be 80%+ timely/news oriented.
- You can have evergreen content as banked content, which can help you manage your podcast better.
BEST MOMENTS
“If something is new, people want to know about it”
“Of the time content will always work better with clips”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Zane is the magic behind the video and clips for The Podcasters Podcast and joins Kane and Ash to discuss the process behind repurposing your podcast through video. Zane talks through the challenges often found with video and repurposing a podcast and provides his solutions to these as well as giving hints, tips and tricks to make repurposing your podcast simple!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Multiple cameras utilising different angles allow you to make more interesting and professional-looking clips and videos. A camera on everyone and one on each speaker is ideal.
- 4k is best to film in as when you get to editing and cropping you can still retain quality.
- Be conscious when recording that the audience will be viewing it in an entirely different way than a podcast.
- If you are struggling to create a clip length to include the context you can always use captions to provide the context of what is being said or use a creative title instead.
- If creating video for social media you need to include captions and bear in mind the positioning of them, so they aren’t covered by ads, comments etc.
- You have to capture and engage your audience instantly, there is a variety of ways to do this and one of the things Zane recommends is including a ‘bounce’ on the text or the video as a pattern interrupt.
- Make a conscious effort to keep the clips and video content in mind when recording, not just the podcast. Having a list of bullet points to keep you on topic can help with this.
BEST MOMENTS
“Have three cameras at different angles allows you to make a lot more cuts”
“You can put some context in there via captions”
“You have to keep things moving, it can’t be samey”
“Think about the end result, the clips”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Whilst all social media platforms have their advantages and you should be across all of them, Instagram has a unique combination of features that make growing your podcast easy! In this episode, Ash and Kane talk through the main ways you can leverage Instagram to grow and scale your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Repurposing is the biggest way you can leverage Instagram to grow your podcast. After recording your podcast episode, cut it up into usable clips and create an Instagram reel.
- Collaboration posts are a great way to utilise other people's audience
- Ensure you have good content so you can then reach out to guests you want to appear on your podcast.
- When you are interviewing someone, you can use Instagram and do a live at the same time, when all of your audience and potentially your guest too will receive a notification.
- Instagram has some of the same functions as Facebook, LinkedIn and even TikTok, but certain features work better for podcasts on one platform -vs- another so it's essential you are present across all of them to gain maximum growth.
BEST MOMENTS
“It never gets the same reach when you share someone’s post”
“One of the best ways to reach out to people is through voice notes”
“The benefit of live is all your audience is being notified that you’re live”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
What is one of the key ways to get your podcast discovered and grow your show? SEO optimised show notes! Show notes not only give listeners an overview and teaser of what to expect from your podcast and podcast episodes but they also deliver a unique way of weaving SEO content into your podcast. Listen to Ash and Kane to find out exactly how you can create top-quality show notes and get more listeners.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When creating show notes there are a few key areas that are important, best bits, best moments, about the host, about the guest and
- Show notes are a way to give listeners, especially new ones, an idea of what to expect from your podcast and the episode.
- When promoting, ensure the call to action is at the top of your show notes
- The body of your show notes should have as many keywords as possible related to that topic
- Make sure your show notes are cohesive and relevant. You can use AI to create show notes but it isn’t very reliable at picking up the best parts of the episode.
- 500-1000 words are the appropriate length for show notes.
- You don’t need to number your titles!
- Keep your episode titles short, if they are too long they will get cut off.
- Ensure your titles are related to the pain point you are trying to solve for your audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“Timestamps might not be ideal as it can potentially encourage people to skip”
“Having a nice call to action up top is ideal”
“Show notes shouldn’t say the answer, it should be related to the pain point”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
How to title your episodes
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Free Webinar | https://bit.ly/podcastpowr
Kane and Ash discuss how to approach the world of podcasting as a newbie and the right attitudes and mindsets to have to find success. If you are apprehensive or anxious about starting your podcast and releasing your content into the world, this episode is for you, it will challenge your preconceptions and alter your perception of podcasting!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s not embarrassing if no one listens to your podcast to start with, no one knows your numbers.
- Negative reviews on podcast platforms are very rare, so don’t be frightened when releasing content.
- If you have content that can help people, you are doing those people a disservice by not releasing it.
- Monetising a podcast isn’t just about ads and sponsorship, if you are getting referrals and clients via your podcast that is monetisation.
- Consistent numbers mean you have a diehard following. You don’t need thousands of listeners, you just need a dedicated and loyal audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“People don’t say anything when they’re happy”
“It’s different people who listen to podcasts than most people who consume social media”
“With the right guidance you can make a lot of money through it, sponsorship isn’t the only way to monetise your podcast”
“Numbers on a screen, they don’t really mean anything”
“Don’t doubt yourself, don’t compare yourself to others, comparison is the thief of joy”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
A question Ash and Kane get asked frequently is whether it’s possible to have more than one podcast. The answer is a cautious yes, it’s possible but not always recommended and in this episode, they explore why.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You want to focus on your first podcast and monetising it before even considering a second.
- The reason this question gets asked is because people have many ideas and concepts but often there is an overlap so you may be able to weave the content together.
- If you do want to have more than one podcast, start with one and choose this by considering which idea or concept will make you the most money.
- Any successful podcast takes time and hard work, you need to be fully focused on one before you consider taking on another.
- You can expand your content as you grow rather than starting a second podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
“Doing lots of things you’re never going to get really good at any of them”
“If you’re making money, it makes everything else easier”
“You’re not allowed to market two podcasts, it just confuses people”
“You can start to expand as you grow”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Listen in to this episode as Ash and Kane give you lesser-known tips, tricks and hacks to grow your podcast!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Create SEO optimised Blogs
- Link related episodes in your shownotes is a way to maximise your back catalogue
- Shoutouts: Helps encourage people to share, follow and leave reviews
- Giveaways: This incentivises people to take action
BEST MOMENTS
“You will see a really really good increase in your numbers”
“If you’re wondering why your podcast hasn’t grown, look at your growth year on year”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
This show was brought to you by Progressive Media
Ash and Kane answer some of the questions from the free-to-join Facebook Group “Get Paid For Podcasting Community” including how you can remain consistent, the best time to release as well as questions around show style, format and monetisation!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Build a bank of content so you can remain consistent with your podcast, allowing for guest cancellations etc
- Hybrid shows allow for more flexibility with content and your schedule, trial having solo or roundtable episodes alongside your interviews.
- Weekdays at 1am is the best time to release episodes
- Don’t underestimate the power of asking your audience to share your podcast
- Ask people to ask their questions via a review of your show
- You will grow quicker with guests because you are accessing someone else’s audience every week but it isn’t the only way to have a successful podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
“We recommend everybody launch with 10 episodes, 6 on launch and 4 in the bank”
“Make sure you’re never in the situation where you’re struggling to get an episode out”
“You wanna launch to every platform”
“People are 4 times more likely to share you content if you literally just ask them”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Ash and Kane talk about their experience at The Podcast Show recently including what they are critical of and thought could have been done better.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There was less value for independent creators at this year’s Podcast Show.
- The talks weren’t as useful for beginner podcasters especially, they weren’t vetted to ensure they contained good content.
- Many of the suppliers and stands there were by big brands that could pay but didn’t have the knowledge or expertise to give value.
- All in all, last year was a lot better than this year. They need to try and provide better talks and more value for podcasters next year.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you’re exhibiting at a show like that it’s to find clients”
“The podcast show has just taken the money from whoever would do it”
“The talks were often pointless”
“A lot of them are from radio or marketing and haven’t really been in the industry”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
What is good artwork, what is bad and what works best? Kane and Ash answer these questions and give examples of the best in class as well as the worst when it comes to podcast artwork!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Think about where your podcast artwork will be, it will often be smaller than you first realise.
- The name of the podcast needs to be visible and should be the main focus of the artwork.
- You don’t have to have your face on your artwork but if you decide to, it needs to have high resolution and be a good image.
- Don’t take too much inspiration for your artwork from well-known podcasts as some of them are actually really poor visually.
- Colours; make sure they are on brand and don’t have too many. Look at your category and choose colours that aren’t already used frequently, this will help you stand out.
BEST MOMENTS
“With artwork, you have to look at where it’s going to be”
“You need to make sure that everybody can see it really clearly”
“Some of the best podcasts have the worst artwork”
“Artwork should be simple”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane and Ash discuss the differences between a seasonal podcast and a regular ongoing podcast including why you should consider which would work best for your audience and the pros and cons of both.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you want to do multiple podcasts a week, especially if the episodes are long, you need really good quality content.
- If your feed has more episodes, with more titles and shownotes with the correct terms and key words to be picked up then you will get more exposure and rank higher on search results.
- Getting guests is easier with seasons as you have more time to nurture them. If you have a weekly podcast, you can break up your guest content with solo episodes to counteract this.
- It can be easier to secure sponsorships as a seasonal show, it feels more tangible for sponsors to know they are supporting an entire season for example.
- If time is something you struggle with, seasonal may work for you. You can then take as much time as you like to build and record your content.
- A seasonal podcast allows much more time to perfect your production.
- Ongoing podcasts allow you to ‘newsjack’ and use current affairs and news in your industry to create content and virality.
- Generally a weekly or twice-weekly ongoing show will perform better but a seasonal podcast gives you more options.
BEST MOMENTS
“I don’t like less than weekly, I don’t mind more than weekly”
“It’s really hard to get good guests every month let alone every week”
“If you’re someone that struggles for time, seasons can be the best way to start”
“There’s reasons to do seasons but if you can just do it weekly it will typically perform better”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
It can be easy to spend a lot of money, time and energy when podcasting but Kane and Ash are here to tell you the things that are unnecessary, and at times, even detrimental to your success and what to focus on instead.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Studios: Just because you spend lots of money it doesn’t mean you’ll get a better result than a set-up at home.
- Expensive Equipment: There are simple types of equipment to get started with that won’t break the bank but will produce top-quality content
- You’re not going to get a better result from spending money on things like equipment and studios because your content won’t change and that’s what is the most important.
- Highly Produced Intros: Do not have the same intro every episode, it’s better to keep things simple and make it short, tailoring it to the episode.
- You want your podcast to be the softest way to sell, spend more energy and time on providing valuable content rather than pitching to your listeners.
- Blogs and transcriptions can have a place but they aren’t as important as they may seem. If you don’t have a blog following this is a wasted effort.
- You don’t need a social media accounts specifically for your podcast. Use your current platforms and leverage your existing following to grow.
- Don't spend time strictly scripting episodes, it doesn't sound good and you can end up discounting valuable content and conversation with your guest.
BEST MOMENTS
“Just because you pay these people, doesn’t mean it’s going to be the best”
“You don’t need to buy the same microphone that Joe Rogan uses”
“Do a bespoke intro”
“Who’s reading a podcast? Nobody”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Ash and Kane in this episode where they highlight the 5 most common reasons people either don’t start a podcast or don’t succeed in podcasting.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Concept: People find it difficult to pick what subject to focus on for their podcast. They either have too many or feel like they have none. What you should think about is what you can talk about the most as well as what can make you the most money.
- Active Procrastination: If you struggle with this, try and give yourself accountability, such as going public with the fact you will be launching.
- Knowledge: Knowledge and tech can hold people back in podcasting. Podcasting and its tech can be so simple, a few conversations can get you started in podcasting.
- Perfectionism: You don’t need your podcast or every detail to be perfect.
- Time: You will be paying with either money or your time. Podcasting isn’t hard but there can be a lot of steps.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s got to be consistent within a niche”
“Do the one that’s related to your business”
“Your why will help you centre to what you want to do”
“It’s never going to be perfect when you start”
“You either have time or money but you’re going to pay with one of them”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ash and Kane discuss the differences between podcasts and other mediums including the lack of algorithm and decentralisation and the impact this has on the platform. They also discuss the pros and cons of there being no algorithm and the type of content you need to be creating and the tools you have to utilise to attract your audience instead.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting can be a vehicle for marketing so can often be lumped in with social media, but podcasts are very different.
- The main con to there being no algorithm in podcasts is that nothing is automatically pushing your podcast content.
- Podcasting has a longer shelf life as it doesn’t have anything pushing ‘new’ content.
- On YouTube, TikTok and similar platforms you have to account for the algorithm in the content you produce which means you produce content for the algorithm first and your audience second.
- In podcasting, you get way more reward for good-quality content!
- You have to invest in marketing and include good SEO for your Podcast to be successful.
- Charting, titles and show notes are quick wins to focus on to attract listeners.
BEST MOMENTS
“Podcasts aren’t social media”
“When there’s no machine pushing new, it allows old to live a little longer”
“If people don’t do the marketing they won’t succeed”
“The purpose of TikTok and Podcasts are so different but they go hand in hand”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
There are a few things you need to consider when becoming a podcast host. In this episode, Kane and Ash talk about the common mistakes podcasters make as a host and also give tips on what to do to make yourself sound great and appeal to both your guests and your audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Check your equipment: Check you are recording, that you have backups etc. Wearing headphones is a great way to ensure everything sounds good.
- If you’re doing an interview, let your guest talk!
- When you ask a question, leave a pause, people will fill the silence and this is usually where your best content comes from. It also stops you from accidentally interrupting them.
- ‘Mhms’ and constantly saying you agree sounds awful on audio. Instead, smile and nod to keep the conversation flowing.
- Share the content you create with your guest with them to utilise and use themselves.
- When you interview someone, ensure you add them to your network and build a relationship with them.
BEST MOMENTS
“I like to sneak people into the interview”
“Active listening is vital”
“Make sure you’re repurposing your content for the guest”
“Try and become friends with everyone you’ve interviewed”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane and Ash outline the easiest way to start a membership site in the episode as well as why podcasters are one of the highest converting creators. They share how you can leverage your content and time as a podcaster and the many options available to you in creating content for a membership site.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasters convert the highest on Patreon and the content that converts the most is extra episodes.
- As well as bonus episodes you can offer extended versions of content behind a membership paywall.
- You can also offer early access to your content, ad-free episodes or even Q&A sessions to your members.
- If you don’t have much time to offer additional content then have a low fee, £5 is a great starting point and you can always scale later on.
- You can always start a free community for a period and then introduce a fee for people who want to continue to have access.
BEST MOMENTS
“People buy in, they like you, they want more content”
“If you’re time poor just add an additional podcast if you can”
“Never promise anything and then don’t deliver or deliver late”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How much does a podcast really cost? In this episode, Kane and Ash talk about the costs involved in creating and running a podcast and what equipment and software is actually required.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Zoom is perfectly ok for doing interviews for podcasts when you start out, it is worth upgrading to premium.
- A usb dynamic microphone is best when starting.
- If using video, then aim to be somewhere with good natural light. If this isn’t possible then invest in a cheap ring light.
- You can start your podcast for £100, you can then start to scale from there by upgrading certain aspects.
- Buying your time back, by outsourcing production for example, can be one of the best ways to scale at first.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s gonna sound basically the same, so what do you need?”
“If you have a big window for natural lighting then great”
“Really to get started, it’s like £100”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Kane and Ash reveal the hidden opportunities in podcasting including why hosting a podcast demonstrates your knowledge, expertise and dedication and how you can take advantage of this.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Speaking and engagement opportunities
- Book Deals
- Free knowledge and time with industry leaders
- Networking
- Client Pitching
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s like an extension of your personal brand”
“You’re getting in front of a wider audience and being paid to speak”
“Having a book is a huge credibility booster”
“I’ve never had a guest ask us our numbers, you can get some big names”
“Make sure you are sharing whenever you are doing a podcast”
"Perfect place to pitch"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
One of the most popular questions Ash and Kane get asked is how to make money from podcasting so in this episode, they outline what they believe to be the 5 best ways you can start to make money from your podcast and how anyone can use them!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Sponsorship
- Affiliates
- Selling Your Own Products
- YouTube Revenue
- Membership Site
BEST MOMENTS
“People don’t like to be sold to so if they can consume your stuff, that’s the best way”
“Try and refer a product that is on a subscription or a recurring service”
“That becomes very passive because you’re just squeezing out every last drop of that old content”
“50% of all podcast episodes are back catalogue, so 4 weeks or older”
“That conversion will be better if it’s something they are aware of”
“The thing that converts best is podcasters and bonus podcast content”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
The Secrets of Big Money Sponsorship
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Pradeep joins Ash and Kane in this episode. Pradeep describes himself as a serial dropout, but he has now been to both Oxford and Harvard and generated more than 1.6 billion in his working life!
Pradeep has decided to spread his message and inspire others by being a guest on other people's podcasts and talks to Kane and Ash about how and why he does exactly this as well as talks about repurposing, branding and giving back.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Pradeep left school with almost no qualifications, he worked in bars and shops to make money but often found himself in trouble.
- Weightlifting was one of his few passions and this helped teach him discipline which he would later use to build his empire.
- After a fight Pradeep spent time in a coma, it was upon waking he decided to change his life.
- Pradeep has been guesting on podcasts to try and inspire others.
- Guesting on podcast shows is good for Pradeep’s personal brand and an effective way of promoting himself and his businesses.
- Repurposing your content into different formats helps you reach a wider audience. Not everyone will listen to a full-length podcast.
- Pradeep wants to build a legacy, which is why he focuses on his personal brand rather than just his company brand.
- There is a strong link between personal brand and trust, that’s why it can be so powerful.
- Video and sound are much more personal than just an image or photo. You can get yourself across and people can really get to know you.
- Pradeep says we should all give our knowledge and wealth back into the world, you can’t take it with you when you go!
- Having a good engaging personal brand allows you to build stronger relationships resulting in better partnerships, clients and more.
- Sending a personalised message via social media is one of the best ways to reach out to podcast hosts.
BEST MOMENTS
“Life’s a numbers game, a sales game and a risk game”
“Guesting has helped me reflect on the way I speak, the way I spine stories, the way I interact with others”
“The people who consume clips are not the same people who listen to a full podcast”
“The personal brand gives you integrity, when the company is new you are investing in the person”
“You don’t know who you don’t know and you don’t know what you don’t know”
“Podcasting has benefitted you and you don’t even have your own podcast”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Pradeep’s LinkedIn
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This episode is for both podcasters and businesses as Kane and Ash talk about selling and buying the rights to individual podcast episodes. As a podcast, selling your episode is a great way to make money early on and for a business, buying an episode is a way to create what we call ‘the infinite money glitch!’. Listen in to find out more!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If a sponsor buys the rights to individual episodes, it means that they will get exposure on that episode forever.
- Owning the rights to an individual episode allows a sponsor to make changes to their campaign and ads as often as they want.
- Owning individual episodes gives companies a unique opportunity to use the podcasts content in their PR, marketing material and ad content.
- For a podcaster, offering individual episodes for sale allows them to charge a lot more which is especially useful when needing cashflow early on.
- You could also buy an episode and then sell ad space to other people.
BEST MOMENTS
“Podcasters backdated catalogue gets downloads for years to come”
“I really like this idea for brands and products as if your host blows up your return is only going to increase over time”
“People buy into a person much more than a brand”
“As it grows, so does revenue and therefore: infinite money glitch”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about why it’s important to build a brand through your own content, why podcasting is the perfect medium to do it with and how to do it too!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- After the initial set-up costs, podcasting is very cheap to maintain.
- You can pay for ads on platforms like Facebook but this doesn’t build your brand or create an audience.
- When people are in the market for a product, they generally choose from a brand they know and trust.
- Podcasting gives you exposure to your ideal clients as well as builds credibility and trust.
- Once you have created content, you will continue to earn on it forever.
- Why sponsor other people’s podcasts when you can have your own?
- The content you create doesn’t have to be based on your product, it’s just about creating content that will appeal to your clients and the right audience.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s not like Facebook is going to make them [ads] cheaper year on year”
“If you want a cult following where people are only going to buy from you then you need branding not just a product”
“Visibility is credibility”
“Every single company needs to build a brand as people buy from brands, not companies”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Short-form video media is becoming more and more popular, particularly aided by platforms such as TikTok. In this episode, Ash and Kane advise how you can use utilise your podcast content to leverage this and give invaluable knowledge and tips about short-form content to work alongside your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Repurposing into short-form content works particularly well for interview-based shows but there are ways to use any content.
- Direct-to-camera, sharp edits can work well for solo content if you are struggling to repurpose complex solo episodes.
- Do research in your space and see what is trending, then tailor your content around that.
- Think about how you can link trending topics to your content and niche. Things can be loosely related.
- A repurposed podcast clip is more likely to grow your podcast whereas a direct-to-camera clip will grow your overall brand.
- If repurposing interview episodes of your podcast, trial cutting them up for short form to see if it performs well.
BEST MOMENTS
“We have a lot of podcasts where we repurpose their video into clips”
“Venture outside of just your niche”
“By tweaking that content, making sure you’re doing the best thing for social media…that’s gonna give you the best overall growth and therefore grow your show”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Regardless of what industry you are in, a company podcast can be a great asset and in this episode, Ash and Kane tell you exactly why.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting is an easy format to listen to and it’s also something that can be consumed passively, making it ideal to be used in businesses, from training to announcements.
- You can use a podcast for onboarding new employees or even clients, it works very well for FAQs and systems training too.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s an interesting resource”
“It’s that idle listening that allows your staff to hear everything that’s going on”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
One of the main ways you can monetise your podcast is by using it to sell your own products and services. In this episode, Ash and Kane explore how Podcasting is uniquely placed to generate sales.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you have a product or service, or a business, it’s really important to talk to your clients and find out where they come from.
- A podcast can build trust and convert higher ticket sales at a later stage, for those products or clients that don’t convert straight away.
- A podcast feels personal which creates the perfect platform to generate sales.
BEST MOMENTS
“In the past two months, they have purchased something from us because they have listened to the podcast”
“Nurture is bigger than any other form of marketing”
“It’s really important people present themselves on their podcast as how they are”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How can you leverage your personal brand? LinkedIn Expert Matt Swain joins Ash and Kane in this episode to talk about exactly that as well as why a podcast is the perfect tool to help you and Matt’s top tips if you are looking to get sponsorship and guests on your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- We all have a personal brand and a digital presence so we should be using this to attract opportunities rather than missing out.
- Anyone who hosts a podcast has created a personal brand alongside it, they are the differentiating factor so they should recognise it.
- Using your personal brand on other platforms, such as LinkedIn and Instagram can make a big impact on your podcast growth.
- There’s a social proof element to having presence on multiple platforms. This is powerful as trust is a key element in growing your podcast.
- Podcasting is unique in its humanising element, your audience builds a real connection with you and the conversational structure of the content makes it very humanising.
- Think of your target podcast audience, this is the same person that you want to attract with your personal brand.
- You don’t want to be the same as anyone else. You want to be unique and specific and build credibility and trust so that you stand out in the marketplace.
- Think about the messages you want to convey to your audience and focus your content around these on all platforms so you don’t fall into the trap of diluting your message.
- Consistency in your personal brand is key, remember it takes time to see results and the same can be said in podcasting too. Think long-term.
- Creating valuable content to promote your podcast creates an impact, standalone content that provides value before people go and listen will be more attractive.
BEST MOMENTS
“How do you use your assets, to create and attract opportunities instead of missing out on the potential they have”
“You can get more eyeballs through using your personal brand and through social media content”
“The thing about personal brand is it allows you to build trust outside of the podcast”
“People want more depth, they want more personalities, they want more stories and people gravitate towards human”
“Lean into your uniqueness, lean into your differentiating factors”
'The more you can give, for free, the more you will get in the long-term'
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
Connect with Matt Swain on:
LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/matt-swain1/
Website: www.mattswain.com
Instagram: www.instagram.com/mattswain_
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane and Ash explore marketing in this episode, specifically when you have a budget to spend. Listen in as they tell you the serious dos and don’ts of paid podcast marketing and why sometimes it is worth it to ‘pay to win’!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Do not pay for downloads!
- All your paid-for marketing should be on a podcast platform when people are already in the right frame of mind to listen to a podcast.
- You can pay for sponsorship if you can’t get traction organically.
- A feed swap can be free or paid and has a great impact.
BEST MOMENTS
“Because podcast downloads are hidden, there’s no benefit”
“It’s all about on-app marketing”
“You can basically pay your host to say ‘hey if you love this show why not check out this other show’”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Podcasting can work particularly well alongside a SaaS business model and in this episode, Alex joins Ash and Kane to talk about precisely that including how to do it effectively and how it differs from other businesses.
Alex previously worked as an event organiser for SaaS companies where he gained a lot of valuable knowledge and expertise, which he shares in relation to podcasting in this episode including why the complexities of SaaS can be a strength and how to utilise its high margin, high retention business model.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- SaaS is a highly competitive market, so anything that can be done to give a company an edge should be embraced with both hands, like podcasting!
- Podcasting can allow SaaS companies to build their brand, creating trust, recognition, and authority within their industry and with their customers and clients.
- Think about your ideal client, what will they be interested in and create Podcast content tailored to them.
- A podcast can generate income, warm up leads as well as explain what you do which is perfect for SaaS companies that are often particularly complex.
- Retention is one of the key metrics for SaaS companies and podcasting is a unique way to do exactly this.
BEST MOMENTS
“All my podcasts are owned by a SaaS company”
“The thing with SaaS is it’s a highly competitive industry”
“It’s more valuable to them to retain existing customers”
“Just because it’s old [content] that doesn’t mean you can’t use it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Pod-Help
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane and Ash are going to break down, step by step, what they did when they launched this very podcast. They open the lid on the steps they took, the results they achieved including their raw analytics, as well as what they learnt along the way.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Kane didn’t have a following at all when he started the journey to creating The Podcaster's Podcast. But what he did have, was conversations with many people; so he launched a direct mail marketing campaign.
- A giveaway is a vital part of launching any podcast, to create momentum and most importantly to guide people to downloading and subscribing at exactly the right time.
- Kane partnered with one of the first guests on the show, Alex Chisnall and he helped tremendously by sharing with his audience providing vital exposure.
- The Podcasters Podcast got to number 1 in their launch, had a good number of 5* reviews and even signed up a 10k client within the first week of launching!
- Podcasters can often lie about their numbers which can dishearten people from even starting a podcast but don’t let it; you have value to add and Kane shows you don’t need a big following to get started, be successful and generate revenue.
BEST MOMENTS
“A big part of the promotion was the DM marketing campaign”
“I definitely recommend sending that first message at least a week before you launch”
“Within a week we’d signed a client to one of our agency packages at 10k”
“A lot of people lie about their numbers”
“Immediately you can see an ROI if you’ve got a product to sell and no following to start, you can still have a number 1 podcast that generates cash”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Screw It Just Do IT- Play The Long Game & Building Consistency - Alex Chisnall
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
A second in the series about what you can do, inside and outside of production, to get your podcast to sound the best it can! Dan, a senior audio producer at Progressive Media joins Ash again to give tips on what you can do after you stop recording to make your content sound great.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Listen back to your audio, what you have recorded, before sending them to be edited. Test recordings are useful so you can discover any issues straight away.
- If you make a mistake, ensure you pause after and recollect yourself to make editing it out seamless.
- Don’t worry about editing out uhms and ahs and ‘fillers’ of conversation so much, it’s unnecessary and can often make the flow of the audio sound unnatural.
- Small mistakes are fine, they make your content feel casual and more relatable to your audience.
- People don’t realise the importance of mixing and mastering your audio, it is often taken for granted.
- If your content doesn’t sound good audibly, then people assume that your content isn’t good either.
- Recording remotely isn’t always your first choice but one of the most important things you can do to give it the best chance of sounding good is for you and your guest to use headphones.
- Do not use your built in laptop microphone, even airpods inbuilt mics are better!
BEST MOMENTS
“That little uhm in there is not detrimental to the conversation”
“If you take that relatability out of it you sterilise it and run the risk of people being alienated from your content”
“It’s not just about the raw audio, it’s about how that audio is processed”
“No single podcast I have edited has gone out with no form of processing in terms of mixing and mastering in there”
“Be wary of the internet connection you are using”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Podcast Production - The Cost of the Wrong Choice
How to Launch a Number 1 Podcast - Part 1
Free Podcast Workshop
https://tinyurl.com/Podhelp
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Ash as he speaks to Dan, one of the senior producers at Progressive Media, all about what you need to do before production to get your podcast sounding the best it can be. Dan is the expert when it comes to producing podcasts and he gives some great tips and tricks to help you create the best recording and sound you can when recording your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Keep it basic, dynamic microphones work best for most people in most situations.
- Don’t just buy things you see other people using, complex setups that you don’t know how to use are expensive and not necessary.
- The money you can save on equipment is better placed on support services for your podcast, such as editing.
- Don’t record in your kitchen or bathroom, it will sound awful. Any room with lots of hard surfaces will cause echo, reverb and delay all around you.
- Knowing how to use the tech you buy is more important than what you spend.
- Smaller rooms are better for recording than large rooms, it prevents delay.
- The distance from your microphone makes a difference. With dynamic microphones, you need to be a bit closer to them.
- Production in podcasting matters, those who sound good, sound professional, get better results.
BEST MOMENTS
“A trap a lot of people fall into is they use what other people use on the internet”
“You don’t need to break the bank to get good quality audio”
“Don’t record anywhere with hard surfaces all round you”
“Smaller rooms are better than bigger rooms”
“Production quality overall is much more important now”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Can You Succeed as an Audio-Only Podcast in 2023?
Fight Imposter Syndrome and Stop Procrastinating With Mindset Coach Paul Sheppard
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How can you attract and leverage the best guests for your podcast? Kane and Ash reveal the steps you can take to find and secure the best type of guests for your podcast that will bring you listenership and growth.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Step up your organisation skills.
- When first starting out, utilise your network and ask people to recommend guests.
- Who in your industry and niche do you know you want to interview? Put them into a search and see who is already connected with whom you can collaborate with.
- The personal approach to communication with guests is essential. A voice note works exceptionally well, people ignore them less and tend to listen straight away.
- Always ask for referrals, particularly on air to existing guests as ego ensures people give the best people they know!
- Ask people who are connected to someone you want to interview if they want to interview you on their show first. You can then leverage your interview with them when aiming upward.
- If you have a big name, leverage this and include their name in the title and show notes.
- Repurpose your podcast to create clips for your social media, creating shareable content.
- It’s not always the big names that bring you growth and notoriety, often it’s the best content that can come from surprising places (and guests!)
BEST MOMENTS
“You need to be really organised to get the best guests”
“In half an hours work, you’ve got 50-100 people”
“We are all creatures of ego”
“Approach them and say can we do an episode swap”
“Sometimes it’s not the best name, it’s the best content”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Can You Succeed as an Audio-Only Podcast in 2023?
Fight Imposter Syndrome and Stop Procrastinating With Mindset Coach Paul Sheppard
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Ash and Kane as they talk through the dos and don’ts of Podcast Intros and Outros, including how you can create an impactful effective intro and the common mistakes people can make.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Many shows have generic intros that are too long and unnecessary.
- Making sure your listeners return is important, repeat listeners don’t want to have to listen to the same long intro again and again.
- Familiar structures for your intro are a good way to tease an episode whilst still providing value.
- If you’re doing an interview, once you have finished it, record your intro straight away and use it to tease your audience.
- Don’t start with a call to action, this encourages your audience to skip. Wait until you are 3-4 minutes in.
- Outros should be very short and similar each time.
- Reminding listeners to leave a review can be a good way to frame an outro.
BEST MOMENTS
“So many shows have generic intros”
“Don’t have a long one [intro]”
“Never ever encourage people to skip”
“Now people know no more content is coming you need to be quick with the outro, with the call to action”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Can You Succeed as an Audio-Only Podcast in 2023?
Fight Imposter Syndrome and Stop Procrastinating With Mindset Coach Paul Sheppard
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week on The Podcaster’s Podcast. Kane and Ash talk about the latest industry update in the podcast world. This includes a game changing update on the most powerful podcast platform, YouTube…
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- YouTube is taking over podcasting – YouTube is already the second biggest search engine and many content creators are harnessing the power of this to push video based content. But now YouTube is launching its own podcast platform, this could revolutionise how Podcasts are discovered and consumed.
- Ash and Kane speculate about being able to monetize your podcast on YouTube through the use of ads. This is already a massive benefit of putting video content on the platform, so hopefully this will be implemented into podcasts too.
- Listeners that already tune into the audio version of your show are not likely to move to YouTube, as they already have a mode of consumption that suits them. Putting a video version of your show on YouTube will be more effective at drawing in new audiences.
- Spotify is launching a new competitor to TikTok which will work as a new way to consume video podcast content.
- Video platforms are better for engaging with your audience, especially if you broadcast your content live.
BEST MOMENTS
“Podcasts have terrible discoverability due to the lack of a powerful search engine, BUT this does mean that podcasts have a long tail and your show will be discoverable for a long time”
“Podcasters must move to video. You can create short, medium and long form content and monetise all of it!”
“I don’t think anyone listening to the audio podcast will move to YouTube. This change is more likely to improve discoverability for NEW audiences.”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week on The Podcaster’s Podcast. Kane and Ash talk about video in podcasting. Is creating visual content essential to success? The world is putting an emphasis on video formats, with platforms like TikTok, Twitch and YouTube being some of the BEST places to be discovered and to grow your following.
You may not have the skills to create your own video content, or you may not want to reveal yourself online in that way. Here are Kane and Ash’s top tips for growing your following as an AUDIO ONLY podcast!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Video formats are great for discoverability and platforms such as YouTube have algorithms to help your content get seen. As an audio only podcast, you need to find ways to grow the audience without the help of these systems. The No.1 way to do this is to double down on your niche, create a podcast that makes you the top person in your field. That way, you will be at the top of the charts, the top of search results and you will grow organically through word of mouth.
- Find your niche and create QUALITY content. Once you have your niche, the key is quality. Get a good microphone, invest in high quality production and be consistent.
- Get good guests and promote through word of mouth. Sharing your audiences with your guests, getting guests to promote your show on social media. Ask your guest who you should interview next and get recommended. Slowly build up the calibre of your guest and collaborate to grow your following.
BEST MOMENTS
“A lot of people say they want to make a podcast to help entrepreneur business owners – but WHAT do you want to help them with? Find your niche”
“Picking the right titles and shownotes, getting the best name for your podcast. These are the thing that will help you get discovered as an audio only podcast”
“You need low competition and content, with high demand.”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week on The Podcaster’s Podcast. Kane is going it along with mindset coach Paul Shepard. Paul and Kane discuss imposter syndrome and anxiety, giving you top tips for pushing outside of your comfort zone and stopping procrastination.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You might have an unconscious habit of avoiding success.
- Transactionalities are where you analyse what state of ego you are currently operating in. This can help us identify the behaviours that are stopping us. Regressing into a child-state may cause you to avoid responsibilities, this is something that you need to train yourself out of through calming techniques.
- The limbic system is the part of the body that triggers the fight or flight response, this is at odds with the pre-frontal cortex and can prevent us from taking action on a task.
- It is more natural for your brain to focus on the negative in a situation to protect yourselves from danger. The fear of criticism online can be transformed into constructive feedback that can be harnessed for success.
BEST MOMENTS
“You do not want to be the best kept secret, do not let procrastination hold you back”
“You might be going into a child ego-state, realising that isn’t enough, you need to get yourself in a soothing state to break free”
“Every person we meet has their own troubles and demons, and they might try to express that onto you”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE GUEST
Follow Paul on Linkedin - https://www.linkedin.com/in/pjsheppard/?originalSubdomain=uk
Mindset Coach Website - https://mindsetchangeuk.com/?gclid=CjwKCAiAr4GgBhBFEiwAgwORrQq2DZ_QXLvgWc4umKElgw4g6Dz29TttiF5hzNH1uc7oahFLJxJbpxoC-QsQAvD_BwE
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Should you do solo episodes or interview episodes when first starting your podcast? There is no set answer to this question and in this episode, Ash and Kane explore the reasons why.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Which is easier for you to commit to long-term, solo episodes, interviews or a mix of both?
- Solo content is quicker, you aren’t reliant on anyone else either.
- The biggest problem with solo content is that the content requires a lot more effort and planning.
- With interviews, you will need to do research but the content almost creates itself as it’s a conversation.
- Sometimes a mix of interviews and solo episodes can work really well but bear in mind that it will impact the variety of your analytics
BEST MOMENTS
“Solo, you can do it whenever you don’t have to book it in your schedule, you do it when you have time”
“I would recommend having a detailed bullet point list”
“The biggest upside to interviews is the marketing”
“By doing different types of content you will reach a more varied audience”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Thom, Kane and Ash for a discussion about production, including the different ways you can manage production and which may suit you and your podcast the most.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You can manage production yourself, hire someone in-house, hire a freelancer or hire an agency to manage it.
- Freelancers: You must be good at identifying talent as there are many choices, and you also have to spend time managing it, often you will need multiple people to manage different tasks. It can represent a lot of work and time for you.
- Agencies: They immediately overcome the downsides to freelancers, but they come at a higher cost.
- Inhouse: They cost more than freelancers, but you have to manage them too. however, the upside is you have the ultimate control over their work.
- DIY: Perfect if your alternative is not doing it at all. But you only have so many hours in the day and you will be spending your time on non-income-generating tasks that you may not even be particularly good at.
- Freelancers aren’t that accountable to you, which means they won’t always be reliable.
- An agency has invaluable knowledge, experience and support that you would never get from freelancers or even your own team.
BEST MOMENTS
“What’s your budget, what are you trying to achieve here?”
“The undeniable upside to freelancers is it’s probably the most cost-effective”
“You’re really just buying hands at that point who can do things that you can’t”
“No one I have ever listened to who has a successful podcast has said ‘I really wish I was still doing the editing’”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Have you ever wondered how to grow all of your social media channels with just one piece of content a week? Tune into this episode with Ash and Kane as they explain not only how to do this but why it could be the key to unlocking your creator potential.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Any content you can think of can be created off the back of recording a podcast episode.
- Before recording your podcast, think about what your end goal is, what other content do you want to create from this piece?
- There is the trinity of content: Podcasts, YouTube and TikTok. Podcast is long-form and this is where you will build your audience. TikTok won’t give you a loyal audience but it will give you virality. YouTube is great for both and its great for monetisation and discoverability.
- Try and think about how you will edit clips from your longer-form content.
- For YouTube, look at SEO tools and find out what is trending in your niche before creating content.
BEST MOMENTS
“You can’t turn 20 TikToks into a podcast but you can turn a podcast into 20 TikToks”
“The virality you can get on TikTok is mad”
“Find the things that are trending and then create content that answers or is related to those questions”
“You get all of the upsides, all the good things, without the pain”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Fiona runs the first PR podcast agency in the UK and joins The Podcasters Podcast in this episode. She talks about her background, why she started POWPR and gives some great hints and tips on how you can accelerate your podcast through PR.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Originally having a successful background in Television, Fiona has a wealth of experience in TV that she then translates into Podcasting.
- After having a child, Fiona no longer wanted to go back to the TV industry, this is when she made the switch to podcasting.
- There isn’t really PR for podcasting and when Fiona released this she decided to double down on this as her niche.
- Podcast PR through traditional media is about defining your brand and bringing accreditation to your Podcast in ways you can’t do via social media.
- If just starting, the minimum PR to do is to have a standard press release, many templates are easy to find online.
- When communicating with a journalist, try and make it as personal as you can and make it clear you have done your research. Ensure you include assets for them to look at straight away.
- The biggest mistake people make with PR is that they think it’s not for them. It can take time to see results but this doesn’t mean it isn’t worth doing. PR is for anyone.
- Think about what it is you want to achieve with your PR and your Podcast and build your plan and goals around that before starting.
BEST MOMENTS
“When I look at a show, I just treat it like a TV show”
“It’s really increasing your brand, getting your story out there”
“You know your show better than anybody so you should have a good idea of who you want to listen to it”
“[PR] is something you need to be persistent and consistent with”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE GUEST
Fiona Fraser
Founder of POWPRhttps://www.powpr.co.uk
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Ash and Kane talk about the value of community in Podcasting including the many reasons your podcast community can make your podcast a success and how you can utilise its power.
If you have any episode suggestions please contact us!
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Communities are infinitely valuable for a variety of things from monetisation to connecting with your audience.
- An email/mailing list for your listeners is a great way to build your community.
- You can reach out to your community/audience for a variety of things, helping you with the growth and monetisation of your podcast.
- Retention marketing is another way to utilise your community, you can reach your biggest podcast fans via your community.
- If you have a community, your listeners will feel more valued and connected to you. They will help promote your show and they are easy to monetise.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s better than paid traffic, it’s better than social media”
“You can directly message and communicate with your audience”
“The retention element of a community is one of my favourite elements”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Matt Gilhooly is quite new to the podcasting scene, he launched ‘The Life Shift’ Podcast in March 2022 but has already recorded over 40 episodes! He joins The Podcasters Podcast to talk about the strength of the podcasting community, the why behind his podcast as well as the importance of your ‘who’: your guests and audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The life shift podcast is about picking out pivotal moments in people’s lives, based originally on Matt’s own life-changing moment after the death of his mother.
- The concept behind the podcast is very unique, it allows the listeners to connect to Matt and his guests in a real human and unadulterated way.
- Matt understands the concept of the ‘podfade’ but because he is so passionate about what he does and the human connection it creates he doesn’t believe it is something that will happen to him and his podcast.
- You can’t solely create a podcast for business reasons, you need a strong why to have long-lasting success. Your listeners can sense passion.
- There are a lot of prescriptive rules for podcasting which doesn’t always feel like it aligns with Matt’s vision, his show’s concept doesn’t always feel like it fits.
- You don’t need to do video as well as podcasting, it’s more important that you focus on the audio first and foremost. If you then have the time to commit to video that’s great.
- Something that surprised Matt about podcasting is how non-competitive people are in the podcasting space and community.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s probably the best and most fulfilling journey I have been on”
“I understand the podfade as a concept”
“Podcasting is a long game, you’ve got to have a passion about what you’re talking about”
“There are a lot of people who are like ‘this is the way you should do it’”
“Your competitors are your best collaborators”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE GUEST
Matt Gilhooly is a creator - podcaster, communicator, and educator. He is the creator, producer, editor, and host of The Life Shift Podcast. Spurred by his own life-altering experiences, Matt helps others share the stories of pivotal moments in their lives that changed everything forever on The Life Shift Podcast.
He also enjoys designing content, such as communication materials, coloring books, digital art, pitch decks, and other forms of media. Matt has self-published over 10 coloring books on Amazon and released a children's book that celebrates individuality and confidence, "I Can Be Anyone: A Soul's Journey," in June 2021.
Matt earned his master’s in mass communications from the University of Florida in 2022 and an MBA from the University of Central Florida in 2004. He believes that we must take time to support the people around us to achieve success.
Connect with Matt:
www.thelifeshiftpodcast.com
Patreon: www.patreon.com/thelifeshiftpodcast
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mattgilhooly/
Facebook: www.facebook.com/thelifeshiftpodcast
Instagram: www.instagram.com/thelifeshiftpodcast
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Thom and Kane answer one of the first questions they are asked when someone starts podcasting; where and how do I host my podcast?
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- One of the biggest benefits of podcasting as a medium is that you have a central place, your hosting site, where all the podcasting platforms then pull from.
- There are no algorithms in the way or reach restrictions, you have a relationship with your hosting platform and everything gets pushed out to the individual ‘players’.
- There are a lot of good options now for hosting your podcast, how you pick one will depend on the type of podcast you are creating, the level of control and features you want and what you are willing to pay.
- All platforms have their own ad marketplace which will be bespoke to them, it’s worth considering this before choosing one.
- Be wary of free services, this means you are the product. It means you will probably have very limited features and also ads added to your show without any control.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s important that people understand and appreciate what makes podcasting different in how its distribution works”
“Think about the amount of data you are going to use…some podcast hosts charge you on the amount of data you use”
“If it’s free, it means you’re the product”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Paul, in his own words, has been interested in making the world a better place for a long time. Paul is a business owner and coach and has been running one of the longest social entrepreneur podcasts on the planet. He joins Ash in this episode to give his top tips and advice for podcasting as well as why he believes it is one of the best platforms out there.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- One of Paul’s first careers was working with vulnerable people including those suffering from mental illness. He managed to do this for over 15 years but after burning out, reinvented himself as a social entrepreneur.
- When creating his podcast, Paul already had a small audience but he concentrated on having great guests from the beginning and this is what he attributes his early success to.
- Podcasting is a unique way to start conversations and build communities, allowing people to learn from one another and support each other too. Paul sees it as his role to facilitate this.
- People can get caught up on audience size and download numbers in order to monetise. But what is more important is who your audience are.
- Paul became really clear about whom he wanted to serve in his business and on his podcast, allowing him to have focus on what he was producing, maximising his impact and profitability.
- You can’t appeal to everyone, it’s much more advantageous to niche down and focus on one type of audience and even one platform, such as podcasting, than spreading yourself too thin across people and platforms.
- Podcasting is uniquely intimate as a platform.
- Consistency is difficult but essential in podcasting.
BEST MOMENTS
“I reinvented myself as a social entrepreneur”
“I had some really strong guests right off the bat”
“It’s a way to start a conversation and build a community”
“You can be making thousands of pounds with a 100 downloads”
“You’re so much better off getting one thing right, or finding one audience”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE GUEST
Paul is one of the first business coaches to focus on the needs of social entrepreneurs and impact business leaders. He is the former Director of Social Media for Wisdom 2.0, one of the premier conscious business brands in the world. In 2017, he founded Awarepreneurs - two of the things the company is known for is our popular social entrepreneur podcast and the Awarepreneurs Community, a global network of hundreds of social entrepreneurs who support each other in growing our businesses, increasing our positive impact and enhancing our wellbeing.
The 4 Questions Every Social Entrepreneurs Needs to Ask PDF is free at www.paulzelizer.com
Podcast site is www.awarepreneurs.com
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ash and Kane talk about why, when you have a small audience, baked-in advertising is your best strategy for sponsorship!
Related Episode: How Dynamic Advertising Makes You the Most Money
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Remember that you are often a risk to the advertiser if you have a small audience and no social proof.
- When you use a baked-in ad, the advertisers effectively ‘own’ that episode. This way you are maximising the potential returns for the sponsor and it’s easier to sell this to them.
- ROI might be low for advertisers when a podcast first starts out, but they will continue to earn on that baked-in ad for years to come as the show grows.
- Do a host read, mid-roll baked-in ad, this is where the sponsor will get the best ROI and will want to continue to invest in your show.
- You can always switch to dynamic ads as your audience grows.
BEST MOMENTS
“You’re (the advertiser) still going to be getting leads from that ad which you are no longer paying for”
“Once you get a bigger audience, you can value your ad slots more”
“It’s a great first step and it’s all about relationships with podcasting”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Everyone seems to be talking about Chat GPT and AI and so in this episode Thom, Kane and Ash wanted to talk about the potential impacts this could have on the podcasting space.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Thom predicts there will be little to no negative impact on Podcasters from Chat GPT. It will only strengthen the authenticity of real podcasters doing real things.
- Chat GPT and AI might become good tools to help with podcasting, such as helping research, show notes, and allowing podcasters to focus on higher-value tasks.
- Podcast hosts allow a connection, many people come to a podcast for the content and stay for how it’s delivered. AI won’t change this.
- Even where AI can be used, there’s still a human element involved, usually including a manual process or processes.
- There is no original thought in Chat GPT, the more original your podcast can be the less Chat GPT and AI can get close to recreating it.
BEST MOMENTS
“I don’t see it in any meaningful way that it will negatively affect podcasters”
“The podcasters that have a real spark to them, it’s always a connection with the host”
“I find most of the Chat GPT stuff is what I’d call ‘second draft’ quality, I wouldn’t be copying and pasting stuff out of GPT”
“If you look at your content as ‘what is my unique take’ on these things and that is the value, then Chat GPT can’t compete”
"It's not gonna replace anyone, it's just gonna support"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Should you buy podcast downloads? The simple answer is no and in this episode, Thom explains exactly why!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You may get offered downloads/listeners from people but all they are doing are using cheap phones to ‘farm’ downloads and subscribe.
- They aren’t using organic promotion and all downloads are coming from one area and generally, all the downloads are just on one episode.
- The only purpose this would ever serve is to inflate your own ego. You aren’t actually getting listeners, no one extra is listening to your show.
- There is no vanity number in podcasting, no one sees your numbers and downloads.
BEST MOMENTS
“Fundamentally there is no reason you would ever do this because there is no person listening to your show”
“Should you ever do this, absolutely no”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Darien Southerland is a podcaster with experience in both radio and advertising. He joins The Podcaster’s Podcast to talk about his journey into podcasting including his key takeaways from running a ‘hyper-local’ podcast and the importance of discoverability.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Darien worked in radio which he then left to go into advertising. It was in advertising that he was introduced to Podcasting in 2017.
- Podcasting isn’t about appealing to the masses, it’s about niching down.
- Darien and Ash agree, there’s no such thing as too niche, if you are creating the right content for the right listeners you will find growth.
- The right advertisers will sponsor your show for the right audience; it’s highly valuable for them.
- Education, events and community are three subject matters in a hyper-local podcast.
- One of the hardest things in podcasting is discoverability; you have to be able to market your podcast and to the right people.
- Darien says to be prepared that you won’t make money in the first 6 months, podcasting takes time to grow.
- You only get one chance to make a first impression in podcasting, it’s essential that each episode sounds good and the content is great.
BEST MOMENTS
“Podcasting is not broadcasting, it’s narrowcasting”
“Find a very specific listener and create content for them”
“They would rather advertise to people who really care about what I am saying than putting it on broadcast”
“Banks like local relationships”
“People want to hear things about stuff they know, about folks they know”
“Your advertisers are your best promotors”
“You get one chance to make a first impression”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
What are the secrets of big money sponsorship? Kane and Ash talk about the key things you need to know when speaking to a sponsor as well as what you can do to
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The sponsors you speak to need to value your audience. Think about what sponsor would have a product or service that would serve your audience the best?
- If you find a sponsor whose audience matches yours, the sponsor will value them and your audience will also value the ads you put out. You are providing value for both.
- If you find success with one sponsor, look for related searches to find more sponsors.
- To reach out to sponsors, you can approach them directly on their websites, LinkedIn or even find their head of marketing or sponsorships if they are a large company.
- It’s a mistake for you to negotiate a CPM deal for your first or early sponsorship, you’ll make much more money if you negotiate a fixed-term cost and use a baked-in ad so the sponsor gets a bigger ROI.
- You can repurpose your podcast content on other platforms (e.g TikTok, YouTube) and negotiate more money as your impressions are higher.
- It’s worth having less from a sponsor and instead building a long-term relationship with them.
BEST MOMENTS
“If they get the best return on investment, they will pay you more and they will pay you again”
“The trap most podcasters fall in is they are negotiating sponsorship deals on a CPM”
“Try and build long-term relationships with a sponsor even if it means taking less”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Why should you have a podcast going into 2023? Kane and Ash discuss the multiple reasons why creating a podcast this year could not only grow your business but also build your following, create multiple streams of income and much more! They also discuss why 2023 has more in store for podcasting and podcasters than ever before.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting is the only media that has a long tail; it’s an asset that will pay you for weeks, months a years after you create the content.
- Low competition. There’s the same amount of active podcasts as there were YouTube channels back in 2007.
- High-value content. You are creating valuable content for your audience in long-form content such as podcasting.
- Multiple streams of income.
- The content you create for your podcast you can repurpose to use on other channels.
BEST MOMENTS
“You’re going to be getting paid, on the content you forgot you recorded”
“It’s hard to provide a huge amount of value in sub-60seconds”
“If you have a better relationship, they’re more likely to buy more from you”
“Start with your long-form high-value content and then chop it up for those viral platforms such as TikTok”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
When you first begin podcasting, how should your first ten episodes look? Kane and Ash answer this question as well as outline the importance of how you launch them in this episode.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Create 10 episodes initially. Upload 6 on day one, and then you have 4 in the bank for content emergencies.
- The 6 episodes you upload on day 1 should be your foundational episodes, they outline the overarching content that your show might cover.
- The 4 episodes left are your ‘bank’, it’s really important when you launch your podcast to have a bank of episodes.
- People don’t like brand-new things, people are more likely to listen to a podcast with 6 episodes than just one.
BEST MOMENTS
“You really want to make this as evergreen as possible”
“Launching with 6 gives you the opportunity to chart when you launch”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Why are listeners better than viewers? Kane and Ash explore the differences between podcast listeners and viewers on platforms such as TikTok and YouTube and what makes your podcast listeners the more engaged audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Because podcasts are longer, you get more time to build trust and relationships with your listeners.
- Content online has got shorter and smaller and it gives creators a lot less time to capture their audience's attention.
- You can provide better value via a podcast which your audience knows.
- Podcasting is passive, allowing your audience to do other things at the same time.
- Trust leads to consumption and buying. One podcast listener is worth around 5k views on Instagram or TikTok.
BEST MOMENTS
“Length Matters”
“On a podcast, people go on it knowing the length”
“If you bumped into your podcast host in the street you could probably have an entire conversation”
“One podcast listener is worth around 5k views on Instagram”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
The launch process of your podcast is essential to its success. Listen in with Ash and Kane to find out exactly why and what you should be doing to launch a number 1 podcast in the ‘pre-launch’ stage.
To find out about the first stage, the pre-pre-launch, listen to the previous episode of The Podcasters Podcast (45).
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- This is the most important part of the launch process. The pre-launch is the period from two weeks, up until your launch date.
- You can only get into new and noteworthy in the first 8 weeks of your podcast launch, so you want to push as much volume on launch day as possible and a great strategy to do this is with a giveaway.
- Your prize for the giveaway doesn’t need to be a big-ticket item but making it specific to your audience is a great way to get as much interest as possible.
- Social media lives are a good way to market your podcast in your pre-launch phase.
- Utilise direct messages, connecting with your existing audience and talking to them about your giveaway is a proven strategy for a successful launch. Make sure they reply so you can then explain how they participate.
- Spread out your communication e.g email one day, live a different day. You don’t want to bombard people with too much in one go.
- Make sure you have 10 episodes recorded before going live. 6 to go live with and 4 for your ‘bank’ so you have content in reserve at all times.
BEST MOMENTS
“The overarching strategy is a giveaway”
“You have 12 hours for people to listen and subscribe to your show”
“I dmed about a thousand people”
“If you can handpick your listeners, you don’t need a lot of them you just need the valuable ones”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
The launch process of your podcast is essential to its success. Listen in with Ash and Kane to find out exactly why and what you should be doing to launch a number 1 podcast in the ‘pre-pre-launch’ stage.
To find out about the second stage, the pre-launch, listen in to the next episode of The Podcasters Podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- As a new podcaster, you want to try and get into the ‘New and Noteworthy’ on Apple podcasts for exposure. How you launch directly impacts this.
- Ranking in the top 10 or top 20 of your podcast category when you launch exponentially grows your reach and as well as gaining more listeners straight away, this also means you are more likely to get sponsorship deals and great guests early on.
- The pre-pre-launch is the first part of the launch process. It’s about gaining interest and building excitement.
- People don’t like ‘new’ but prolonged exposure can make things feel less new and so generate more likeability.
- The second stage is the pre-launch, which will be covered in part 2 of this series.
BEST MOMENTS
“You can actually start this launch system before you 100% know what the title and concept of your podcast is”
“You don’t need to have a launch date to start talking about it”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How can you make sure that as a podcast creator, you never run out of ideas? In this episode, Kane and Ash give you the tips and knowledge you need to ensure you have ideas for your content forever!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Your ideal listeners are your content. Whenever you are speaking to anyone within your niche, pay attention and write down any question or idea they have.
- As an expert, it can be easy to forget what content those at a different part of your journey might want to know. Mostly there is no such thing as content that’s ‘too basic’.
BEST MOMENTS
“Ask your audience what to say”
“We all forget what it’s like to be a beginner”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane and Ash talk about how many listeners you need for your podcast to make money as well as how to utilise a smaller audience. They also bust the myths around listenership and why you need a lot less of an audience than you may think to monetise your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Most industry professionals overestimate the number of listeners you need to make money. But the truth is there are many ways to monetise your podcast and in some instances, you just need one listener!
- One podcast download is equal to 5k Instagram followers or 20k+ TikTok views because it is long-form, it’s entertaining or educational (or both) and you build trust and relationships with your audience; it’s much easier to sell to this customer base.
- Many people only think about ads and sponsorship when it comes to monetising your podcast. But this is only a narrow way to make money from podcasting.
BEST MOMENTS
“A lot of our content is about niching down your audience and being specific about who you want to serve”
“You can’t make money through sponsorship on one listener but you can have them attend your courses, your mastermind, your book, that’s all you need, is just one”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How can you use your podcast to help people and leverage your business? Ash and Kane discuss why these are some of the biggest benefits of having a podcast and also talk about the longevity of the content you create and why this matters.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- People will always go back and listen to your old content/episodes. The content you create as a podcast continues to have use weeks, months, even years after you made it.
- When you need help, most people google for the information. If your podcast is SEO optimised then they will find podcast episodes that are relevant.
- If your goal is to help as many people as possible, then a podcast is a great platform, you can passively help people for years.
- If you are in the business of helping people, via mentorship or coaching for example, you can leverage your podcast as an asset.
BEST MOMENTS
“50% of all podcast downloads a day are 4 weeks or older”
“It’s the ultimate leverage”
“You can help people, you can monetise, your podcast is an asset unlike any other content online”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
4 Steps to the Perfect Podcast Launch
Just Launch Already! How to Get YOUR Podcast Launched
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Thom and Ash talk all about promoting your podcast in this episode, including the best places for promotion and what you may be doing wrong.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s tempting to just post a link to your podcast on your social media, but this isn’t going to grow your podcast quickly
- Make sure your show is worth listening to, and that it either has great content or is entertaining. There’s no point in promoting something you don’t recognise has value.
- Find out who your listeners are because then you can figure out where your audience is and promote to them
- It’s more valuable to advertise in one or two key spaces than to spread yourself thin across many multiple platforms and places.
BEST MOMENTS
“Everyone wants the secret magic answer but there are some things you can look out for to grow your show in a meaningful way”
“When someone listens to your podcast you’re stealing their time”
“Have an audience avatar for who your best listeners are”
“You can really easily spread yourself too thin”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Listen in to this episode with Ash and Kane to learn the secret marketing strategy that nobody seems to be using right now! Harness its utility and your podcast could be peaking in the charts within a matter of days!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- It’s simply, old-school marketing. Talking and networking with people face to face.
- This strategy works best for professional podcasters but isn’t exclusive to them.
- Whenever you are attending industry events, market your podcast! A great way to do this is with simple business cards with a QR code linking to your podcast and just hand them out.
- These events are full of your ideal listeners.
BEST MOMENTS
“This works better for professional podcasters”
“Most importantly, they could be podcast listeners”
“I almost guarantee that they will start peaking in that charts”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ashley and Kane talk about the importance of high-quality production in podcasting. They explore why it’s worth spending the time thinking about how to improve the quality of your production in all ways; from the equipment you use to how you record and conduct interviews.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Production is the ‘base’ your podcast is built upon. Your content can be great but if it sounds terrible people won’t want to listen.
- It’s not simply about audio or video quality, but also about how you conduct the episode e.g an in-person interview is always going to produce a better-quality episode than a zoom interview.
- Production can be subconscious to the listener, they are more likely to engage with something that is produced well.
- The equipment you use also has an impact on the end quality of your podcast. It’s worth considering what you should invest in to get the production you desire.
BEST MOMENTS
“Bad audio is so jarring”
“We’re humans, we like to interact with people”
“Good quality audio won’t get people to your podcast but once you get them there that’s something that will make them stick around”
“The video and audio quality of course massively impacts how people are going to preserve you”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How should you title your podcast episodes? Kane and Ash cover one of the most important podcast questions in this episode and talk about how to title your episode titles to get your podcast the best results.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasting discoverability isn’t great, it’s difficult to get your show out there and for people to find you. Your episode title is one of the main ways you can be discovered.
- You don’t need the name of your show or your episode number in your episode title.
- Being specific with your content means you can be more specific with your titles, making yourself easier to find.
BEST MOMENTS
“All the app is searching for is episode titles and show notes and how frequently certain keywords show up”
“Being more specific with your content means you can be more specific with your show notes and title which makes it easier for you to be found”
“Create an episode for each variation of a question someone might ask and that will make it so much easier for you to be found”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
bit.ly/podcast-support
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
How can you figure out who your niche is for your podcast and why is it important? Join Ash and Kane in this episode where they answer both these questions and talk all about niches in podcasting.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Try and have a specific audience in mind before you create your content.
- If you have already started, you can start to niche down over time, by looking at your analytics and consumption data.
- Think about what content your key audience members want from you and work backwards from this.
- What do you want your podcast to achieve? This a question you need to ask yourself so you know who and what to focus on.
- If you want to be successful in podcasting consistency is the key as well as choosing a niche that you are passionate about and superiorly knowledgeable about.
BEST MOMENTS
“Most podcasters are too broad, it’s important to have a specific audience in mind before creating content”
“Find and identify your niche”
“Show up every single week at the time you say you’re going to, in 2 years I almost guarantee your success”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website LinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Ash and Kane in this episode to talk about podcast length, including whether the perfect length exists, why respecting your audience's time is essential and how you can determine what length to make your episodes.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There’s no set length for a podcast, it varies depending on the type of content you are creating and your audience.
- Solo educational/informative content shouldn’t exceed 25 minutes, especially if it is complex.
- Interviews generally want to be between 30-60 minutes long. Most people won’t listen to an interview longer than an hour long and many will drop off before this point too.
- Look at your analytics; consumption data can give great clues into what length your content should be/what works for your show.
- You always want to leave your audience wanting more, however long you think an episode should be, make it shorter and respect their time.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you’re doing solo content, it should be very, very short”
“Attention span isn’t as good…blame TikTok!”
“I’m a big advocate for respecting your audience's time”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join both Ash and Kane in this episode as they have a conversation about how to name your podcast successfully! For most people, following these tips will help you be found organically as quickly and easily as possible.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- 2-4 words makes the perfect title length
- Think about what people will be searching for, you want the title to simple state what the podcast is about.
- Don’t name it after yourself unless you are very well known.
- Come up with 3 or 4 titles and ask your audience what they think
- Make sure people understand what your niche is and what your podcast will be about from the title alone, 40% of podcasts are found by searching in app.
BEST MOMENTS
“It has to say exactly what it is on the tin”
“It’s almost as if the more boring the name, the better”
“40% of podcasts are found by searching on the podcast app”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ash and Thom talk about dynamic ads, what they are and why you should be using them for your podcast advertising.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Dynamic ads are the modern way of podcast advertising. They are added at the host level rather than at the episode level, allowing more control over your advertising.
- There are many benefits to dynamic ads, including the flexibility it gives you as a podcaster, you can sell ad space many times over.
- You can start selling dynamic ads at any stage in your podcasting journey by using a marketplace.
- There is more predictability and consistency with dynamic ads.
BEST MOMENTS
“You can have multiple ads on multiple episodes and you can sell them in very different ways”
“They got the value they paid for which is great but then that slot becomes free again and you can sell again”
“You can be making money from dynamic ads almost instantly”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteLinkedIn
Email: podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Ash and Thom are in this episode to talk about sponsorship including how it’s possible to get sponsorship before you even begin as well as where to find sponsors for your show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You don’t need to wait until you have large amounts of downloads to get a sponsor. You just need to show determination, passion and give examples of the success you have created previously.
- Having a strong niche in podcasting is key to finding your sponsors. Knowing who your podcast is for and your main audience is key to finding a great sponsor.
BEST MOMENTS
“People will buy and be bought in based on how you can convince them it’s going to be a success”
“If you know who your listener is, you can find out who else wants to speak to them”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Free Podcast Workshop
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Ashley Morris & Thom Luter manage over 150 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand MBE & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 6 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website LinkedIn
Email:podcast@progressiveproperty.co.uk
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Ash speaks to Rob, one of Progressive Media’s in-house editors and TikTok experts. Rob talks all about the ways you can leverage your podcast content for TikTok and why if you aren’t, you’re missing out on a huge audience.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- TikTok has completely changed the way video works, just 5 years ago most video content was long form but now some of the most popular content out there is short form.
- Short-form content is a great way to leverage key elements of your content, for TikTok but also other platforms that have copied their formula such as Instagram reels.
- TikTok can essentially work as a marketing funnel for your podcast.
- TikTok is a powerful way of turning those who have never heard of you into long-term fans.
- Spend time looking at what other people are doing in your space, as a form of market research and then replicate it with your own content.
- The best way to get people to watch your TikTok content all the way through is to create engaging content in the first 3 seconds.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s just another way of getting people who may have never heard of you before to go scrolling through their feed and get your podcast through”
“If you’re not using that for your podcast you’re missing out on a major new audience”
“Yes you may be making content for a podcast but then you’re turning it into a TikTok channel and it’s becoming its own entity”
“The virality through TikTok is ridiculous”
“Those first few seconds are more important than any of the rest of the video”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
When was the last time that you looked at where your audience was in the world? For most podcasters, the majority of our listeners will be based where we are from. But how do you grow your audience internationally? Listen in to this short episode with Kane where he tells you exactly how!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Growth internationally starts with your guests. If you want clients internationally you need to look at top creators and podcasters in that region.
- You can use chartable to see who and what is charting in a particular country, you can then use podscraper to find contact information for podcasters, enabling you to reach out to them.
- If you can do this you will grow your podcast internationally, this can be very useful when trying to monetise or grow your personal or business brand.
BEST MOMENTS
“By using chartable.com you can see who and where people are ranking”
“Doing this consistently over time will grow your audience”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Kane is joined by Gee from Patreon to talk about why premium content is the primary way to monetise your podcast show!
Gee gives great insight into why premium content is best for creators, specifically podcasters, why every creator needs this to monetise and tips on how to do it effectively too. Alongside her tips and insight, Gee also provides various Podcast Show case studies to hear real examples of how effective premium content is for monetising podcasts.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The key thing about premium content is building a reoccurring revenue stream. To have that as an additional way to earn money from your creativity.
- The pandemic exposed how precarious revenue streams can be as a creator, it’s more important than ever to create multiple ways to receive income.
- With premium content you can build a community with your listeners and create a two-way conversation. You can ask for their input on what they want to see and hear and create a feedback loop.
- Authenticity is key to building a great community, what is it you can do that is unique to you for your listeners.
- Discord is real time chat, originally build around the gaming community, but works well when building communities in the audio space too.
- When marketing your podcast, split it into two ‘buckets’, show and tell. The tell part is really talking about what you will offer listeners if they sign up to your membership. The show part is giving them a taste of what you offer, such as through a teaser snippet of your premium content; to get an idea of what they are missing out on.
- People are so used to living in a world where you can access things for free, it means creators often tend to undervalue their content. When pricing, always bear this in mind and price yourself higher.
- Don’t create more than three pricing tiers as this can become overwhelming for your audience. Also ensure you add enough value at each level.
- The best membership retention is generally around the £4-£5 a month price.
- Do a bit of cost/benefit analysis. If just 1% of your audience converts at £5 a month, what is sustainable for you to offer? Don’t set yourself up for failure.
- The creators who have the best distribution across all their tiers have bonus content increasing at each level.
- Being consistent with your content is imperative. It builds trust with your audience and trust is essential if you then want your audience to pay you.
- There are two main mistakes people make with Patreon. the first is being overambitious, the second is not promoting enough.
BEST MOMENTS
“The key to any community is about authenticity, it’s not about copying what other people are doing”
“It’s trying to understand why people are into what you are doing”
“Most creators massively undervalue their content”
“You don’t want your membership to become a burden, it should be something that frees you up to focus on your creative pursuits”
“Bonus content is really the biggest driver of listeners becoming members”
“It’s not just about content with a membership it is about connecting with your audience”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane talks all about sponsorship and affiliates in this episode. Some of the most common questions Progressive Media get asked are around how to monetise your podcast, so Kane talks through these options and demonstrates how you can make them work for your podcasting journey.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you don’t have the time to create premium content and you also don’t have your own products than sponsorship is a great wat of monetising your podcast.
- Identify every possible company you would want to work with and put them onto a spreadsheet so you can reach out to them.
- A way to gain monetisation on your podcast if a company is not willing to sponsor you is to go down the commission route.
BEST MOMENTS
“We’re not the biggest fan of sponsorship and we actually prefer selling your own products and services or selling yourself through a premium content model”
“Find and identify what the products and services you like and would be valuable for your audience and approach those companies’”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
What is one of the bugbears of podcasters and podcast agencies? Cold emails from guest booking services! Listen into Kane about why these aren’t always what they seem and can actually be a really useful tool for you to use.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- If you’re trying to get high calibre and interesting individuals then the chances are that they are time poor. Which means they probably need to pay someone to source and organise this for them, the guests you want probably use the services you complain about.
- Kane’s advice is to trail some of these services. You can always blacklist any you get poor results from.
BEST MOMENTS
“I reckon all podcasters should trail some of these interviews”
“Chances are they are the people who will need these services”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Jeannette Linfoot is a highly regarded senior executive, property investor, board advisor, and business mentor with over 25 years of global professional business experience across the travel, leisure, hospitality, and property sectors. Having bought, ran, and sold businesses all over the world, Jeannette now has a portfolio of her own businesses and also advises and mentors other business leaders to drive forward their strategies as well as their own personal development.
Jeannette is a down-to-earth leader, a passionate champion for diversity & inclusion, and a huge advocate of nurturing talent so every person can unleash their full potential and live their dreams.
Jeannette’s linktree
https://www.jeannettelinfootassociates.com/
YOUTUBE
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane talks all about value in this quick episode. Listen in to hear how and why it matters to always think about value when deciding whether to book a guest or be a guest yourself.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Are you offering value as a guest when you go on other podcasts and are the guests you interview adding value to your audience?
- It’s the content and value to your audience that is the most important thing. Your listeners don’t care about how notable your guest is if they are dull, boring or don’t add value for them.
- If you’re being a guest on someone else’s show, make sure you can actually provide value to them.
BEST MOMENTS
“Your podcast isn’t for you, it’s for your audience”
“It’s not my expertise and therefore it’s not the value proposition that you want”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Co-founder of podcasting advertising space Podmatch Alex Sanfilipo, talks about the best way to pitch yourself as a guest for other Podcast shows. He talks about the importance of offering value, credibility and even an easy-out when approaching hosts.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Alex always listens to some of the show and then leaves a review before asking to be a guest. People always get a review from him first, he has then already given them value. It also almost guarantees that they will respond.
- Make a meaningful request to your host, Alex does a simple ctrl-f search through the podcast episodes to see if and when topics he knows about have been covered. Again here you are offering value and credibility.
- Mention that you will share the episode and then follow through. Alex links to the show on his social media platforms and also adds the link to his website.
- Alex always makes it clear that having him on the show needs to be right for the host, he makes it easy to say no as well as allowing them to introduce him to other people that might be a better fit.
BEST MOMENTS
“Make it easy to say no…I would rather get a response than not”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
When looking at launching a podcast the amount of information out there can be overwhelming. Listen to Kane in this episode as he gives you the four key steps to launch your podcast, proven time and time again by the many successful podcasts the Progressive Media Agency has helped launch.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Your launch is one of the most important things to get right when starting as a podcaster, you have just 8 weeks from when your podcast is set-up to enter the new and noteworthy charts.
- Your pre-pre-launch is a couple of months until two weeks before your podcast officially goes live. You want to make people aware a show is coming without any specifics. Part of this is going into linked in groups, fb etc and creating awareness to your audience that something is coming and to ask them what they want. It creates engagement and investment in your podcast.
- Your pre-launch is more defined. You give trailers, sneak peeks and tell people what to expect, this happens two weeks before you launch your podcast.
- If you create a giveaway, you can incentivise people to listen, review and follow in a short time period. Having a rush in a short time-period will mean you will be more likely to feature in the charts. You want to get that huge boost to get you into the charts.
- Your launch day is when you want to do everything you can to get people listening, you need to tell your audience that your podcast is there to be listened to and ensure as much as possible that they leave a review and follow. Do all the promotion you can, you can only launch once!
- You can replicate the giveaway process on anniversaries and other notable dates. So you can enter different charts throughout your podcast journey.
BEST MOMENTS
“Get everybody’s input, they are then invested in you”
“You want to get that huge boost into the charts”
"Make sure you train your audience"
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Ads and sponsorships on your podcast, what are the main differences, what are the pros and what are the cons? Join Kane in this episode to learn these and help guide you on decisions around monetising your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Ads and Sponsorship are not the same. There is a lot more money in sponsorship for a creator than in ads and this is a key difference podcasters need to understand.
- You can find your own sponsorships by simply reaching out to companies you feel would be valuable for your audience. This way, your audience will be grateful and you are giving them great value but also the sponsor will gain more ROI. Good for you, good for your listeners and good for the sponsor.
- Kane wouldn’t recommenced joining an ad network where they put any ads they like onto your show. It isn’t great for your show, it could turn off your audience and there also isn’t the most financial gain to be had either.
BEST MOMENTS
“The actual creator doesn’t have any say in what the ad is, they don’t negotiate and it’s a lot more hands-off”
“Find who has a product or service that provides the most value for our audience”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Have you thought about podcasting but worry that you have no audience? Listen in to this episode, where Kane tells you exactly how you can start a podcast with no audience, the steps you need to take and why starting from zero doesn’t necessarily mean that you won’t find success quickly.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Step 1: Focus on a niche. You want your content to be as specific as possible. Too many people cast the net too wide which makes their podcast a lot harder to be found organically.
- Step 2: You need to be consistent. The more episodes you have the more discoverable you are and your downloads will compound over time.
- Step 3: Highjack an already existing audience. Find people who are already in your niche, learn from them and collaborate with them.
BEST MOMENTS
“You can also scale your personal brand through the power of podcasting, even if you don’t have an audience yet”
“When you’re really specific, then certain keywords that you use will actually made it easier for you to be found”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Simon is a serial entrepreneur and seasoned content creator including a successful YouTube channel and the Podcast PEP Talk: The Purposeful Project.
In this episode, Kane and Simon discuss what it takes to get started with your podcast, how to create great content over and over again and what really counts when it comes to building a podcast, a business and a brand. Simon also talks about his passion behind helping others build their own businesses and learning how to transform their lives.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Simon started a digital agency which he recently sold. He always had the philosophy that he was not the front or the face of the company and this then aided him in being able to sell it with its own strong business brand intact. He believes there is too much emphasis on personal brand at the moment and not enough focus on the business brand.
- When Covid hit, Simon decided to start creating content that would be useful for other people, to help and aid them in starting their own business and creating their own wealth. This is what led him to create his podcast.
- Simon learnt about entrepreneurship out of necessity, it was difficult and he learnt everything the hard way. This is what drives him to want to help everyone no matter who they are.
- When Simon created his podcast, he never thought about whether it would be viral or get ‘big’ he just focused on the content and whether that was providing value for the listeners.
- Reputation goes a long way, this alongside building a successful working network is how Simon continues to get great guests on his podcast.
- Spotify is really starting to put the work in to become a more dominant platform in the podcasting world. They are consistently coming up with innovative concepts and features to try and get ahead of Apple.
- Entrepreneur House is Simon’s concept to have entrepreneurs come and stay as a package whilst they start their business; you learn, stay and build your business all under one roof. He has one property now but feels like it is very valuable and scalable as a concept.
- Many people suffer from imposter syndrome but Simon says you can use these feelings for strength. You can take that energy and leverage it to prove you are who you say you are, creating energy to deliver what you want to do.
- Simon likes to consume his own content in a variety of ways but surprisingly not that often through podcasting. His main aim when consuming content is to learn something, it doesn’t matter to him what format that takes.
BEST MOMENTS
“Our whole process was making sure our clients became famous”
“My dream would be to remove the word unemployed from the world”
“I believe personal brand is overrated”
“You can start to leverage imposter syndrome to prove you are who you say you are and it can generate energy in you”
“I like to consume content from those I respect, from those I can learn from”
ABOUT THE GUEST
Simon Squibb
Entrepreneur, investor, mentor and content creator.
Simonsquibb.com
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Aaron as he speaks with the creator of the Secret History of Hollywood Podcast Adam Roche! They talk about what Adam has achieved with his podcast, how he has done this and what we can all learn from his experience. Aaron and Adam also have some in-depth discussions about podcasting, the importance of quality and what to focus on when creating content.
They also discuss the many highs of Adam’s podcasting career including the success of his monetisation, being featured by The Guardian and even being contacted by a film Producer! An episode really not to be missed that shows what can be achieved by just getting started, putting great quality content out there and remaining true to your niche.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- The Secret History of Hollywood Podcast is now Adam's main show but actually began as a spin-off for longer form content from his original Podcast. He also co-hosts two other Podcast shows so is very busy in the podcasting world!
- Adam has been creating podcast content for almost a decade but because of the sheer variety of podcasting Adam is now involved in, he never gets bored.
- A lot of people stumble on the concept of their podcast. The more generic the concept the actually more difficult it is. Being niche has been part of Adam’s success and this is seen time and time again across many different podcasts.
- There is no substitute for word of mouth. This is the best way to get your podcast out there, get people talking about it and most importantly get people listening.
- When Adam first started out he joined the group Podcast Pals, which was a group of podcasters that helped each other out, with feedback, listening, reviews and also being guests on each others shows. This collaboration and support network is still present today and they still support one another: a testament to the podcasting community which is one of the most supportive platforms out there, don't ever be afraid of reaching out.
- Once Adam’s audience of The Secret History of Hollywood Podcast got to a good number he decided to monetise, he did a big launch and since 2016 he has put more content out on his Patreon than he has his usual podcasts. It’s fantastic but a difficult balancing act as it’s a big commitment to your paying audience but you still need to do your usual free content too.
- Adam created tiers on Patreon to allow people to pick and choose the content they want and he attributes this selection and choice to some of it’s success. Ensuring his content is fresh, versatile and always engaging keeps his listeners coming back for more.
- Adam always creates unique artwork for each episode, he thinks it’s important to care about every episode you put out and that what can often be a podcasters downfall is that they let quality slip as time goes on.
- There’s a very fine line between not putting enough content out there and putting too much out there. Adam believes the sweet spot is 2 or 3 episodes a week maximum.
BEST MOMENTS
“If you niche down and people are looking for you and you’re good at what you do then you’ll find your audience”
“It’s kinda a curse and a blessing because you can’t really ever have a day off after you start doing Patreon”
“The quality and content itself then markets the rest of the show through word of mouth and suggestions”
ABOUT THE GUEST
Adam Roche
Experienced and successful podcaster with over a decade of experience in creating and producing Podcasts.
Website: www.secrethistoryofhollywood.com
Twitter: @moviehistories
Adam's Patreon: www.patreon.com/attaboysecret
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Join Kane, Thom and special guest Alex, as they discuss the various metrics available to you to measure your podcast and tell you which ones you need to focus on for success!
They also talk about the strength in podcasting in the creator space and a little bit about censorship and the controversy surround Joe Rogan’s Podcast right now.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- There are two types of metrics, those your audience can see and those they can’t see. All an audience can see when they find your podcast are reviews and the chart position. That’s why these are two important things you need to focus on: they are the only things your audience can judge you on when they find your podcast.
- Unique downloads and consumption are both private metrics that can help you get a picture of how your podcast is growing and how.
- Don’t only focus on new and recent episodes. Half of all podcast episode downloads are older than a month.
- The beauty of having off-platform content such as a podcast is powerful to us all. You have complete freedom and choice about what content you create and publish.
- Tracking pixels can be used to show how impressionable an ad on a podcast has been. This is helpful for sponsors to understand how the ad has been listened to.
- It’s important to be honest with your advertisers/sponsors what you can achieve for them. Spend time looking at varying models to ensure you choose something that work for them and for you too.
- Getting in the charts is based on new-subscribers. The up-side to this means that the same people won’t always be in the charts every day. New podcasts and small podcasts have the same chance of entering the charts and being high up too. You just need to do things to create an influx of new subscribers. Relaunching regularly is a great way to do this.
- Although there are many hacks and growth tips you can do for a podcast, essentially making a great show that people want to listen to is the strongest thing you can do.
BEST MOMENTS
“Half of all podcast episodes are for episodes older than a month so lots of downloads happening are from old episodes”
“There’s no value in overstating what you can deliver to a sponsor”
“No, they are not vanity metrics, they all have their space, if you can get into the charts and you can be a top 10 podcaster that is super powerful for your personal brand and your podcast brand”
“Making a great show that people want to listen to is the best thing you can do”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Podcaster and mumpreneur Ellie McKay joins Kane in a great conversation about the value of podcasting to business, quality content and healthy debate. They also discuss notoriety, censorship and the importance of networking and powerful relationships.
Ellie began podcasting in lockdown, this was after first creating a FB live series to allow herself to network and build relationships whilst being unable to meet and see people in person. The success of the FB lives gave her a eureka moment, she had a much bigger audience engaging people from home. This is what led her to podcasting and she has learnt an incredible amount in a short time. Listen in to hear her thoughts, advice and tips as well as Kane and Ellie’s thoughts on why podcasting is so different to most of the other platforms out there.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Ellie’s background is in property and she has always had great relationships with her clients. She believes that relationships are of the highest value and worth so much more than any currency.
- Ellie didn’t set out to create a podcast but once she had made the decision she immediately got started including securing great guests. She attributes part of her fast success to the fact that she took the time to get to know her guests and build great rapport from the beginning.
- An unexpected bonus to the podcast for Ellie, is that it has attracted and secured her business clients.
- Podcasting has also allowed Ellie to create and build notoriety as well as credability, she has been able to secure private investors due to this.
- Your content is the single most important thing in podcasting. Everyone will have advice on interview techniques, length of episode etc. but really what matters the most is the quality of your content.
- There is a surprising amount of value in interviewing guests that are ‘up and coming’, those that are just a few steps ahead of your average listener is really powerful. It feels authentic and achievable to them and creates great inspiration.
- Choosing to have controversial guests can negative, risks include losing your following and sponsorships, but they also offer the opportunity to create discussion among guest and host as well as listeners.
- Podcasting is one of the few platforms out there that doesn’t have ever-changing and strict algorithms you have to battle with. You own your content and you have full control over what that is and what it looks like.
- It is possible to build a podcast following without pre-existing success on social media. But, Ellie has found having an existing following has helped with her success, especially in securing well-known guests.
BEST MOMENTS
“The more people see your message; the more people know your name”
“You wouldn’t get an audience with these people if it wasn’t for a podcast”
“Good advice is to just be yourself”
“I don’t want an echo chamber I always want people who can challenge my own biases”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Ellie McKay
Ellie is a straight-talking, successful property entrepreneur who passionately believes that everyone has the power within themselves to transform their lives no matter what their situation.
As a mumpreneur with 3 young children and multiple businesses, Ellie likes to keep it real with her no-bs insights and share the things that have helped her achieve the level of success she has enjoyed to date.
CONTACT METHODS:
Linkedin: Linkedin.com/in/ellie-mckay/
Facebook: Facebook.com/ellie.mckay.3150
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/onamissonpodcast/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/EllieMckay
Clubhouse: @ellie83
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Why shouldn’t you have a podcast in 2022? Kane has trawled the internet to find why other people believe you shouldn’t podcast in 2022 and in this episode, he talks about where he agrees with them and the many ways he doesn’t agree. Listen in to find clarity on whether podcasting is right for you this year.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You’re obsessed with the outcome but you’re not regarding the grind it takes to have a successful podcast - Podcasting takes time, education and a lot of effort to reach success. If you aren’t prepared to do this then you shouldn’t start.
- You aren’t creative - Kane doesn’t agree with this statement, you don’t need to be a creative to create a great podcast, you just need the right format for you.
- You want quick money – Podcasting is not a get rich quick scheme. You can monetise podcasting but it’s not something that will happen instantly.
- You’re not tech savvy – You don’t need to be to start a podcast, you can outsource the tech easily.
- You don’t want to face competition – Podcasting isn’t a competition based space, it’s much more collaborative than you might assume. Podcasting can be passively consumed which means there are a lot more hours in the day where people listen creating a lot less competition.
- You think it’s easy to learn – There is a lot to learn but if you are willing to put the effort in then anybody can learn what they need to know to podcast
- You don’t want to spend any money – Kane can understand this but you don’t have to spend tons of money on tech, it’s not necessary.
BEST MOMENTS
“Don’t give up just because you’re not making quick money. If you go into it with that mind then you probably won’t”
“There is no competition it’s only collaboration, people have so much time to consume your content”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Kane speaks with Kevin Clifton, podcast host of The Kevin Clifton Show and former Strictly Come Dancing professional. They talk about his time in Strictly, the highs and lows of his career and how he has managed to overcome his own personal struggles. They also discuss all things podcasting, including monetisation, why Kevin chose to go into podcasting and the benefits and opportunities he has discovered since launching his own show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Before Strictly, Kevin did a lot of stage work which he loved but he knew there would be a time limit on it. He started to look at something that would give him a longer-lasting platform and Strictly was perfect. He was rejected the first two times he applied to Strictly but he was third time lucky and was on the show for 7 years.
- The pressure of performing, the press and social media on Kevin Clifton’s mental health is eventually why he decided to leave the show. It was taking his toll and he knew he needed to take a step back, realign and refocus himself.
- Podcasting has helped Kevin become more comfortable with himself and allowed him to feel more connected with others. He has been able to speak to people first hand about the similar difficulties they have faced.
- Podcasting is a platform without constant feedback like social medial channels. People can review you but they don’t comment, share and like as they would on other platforms.
- Interviewing people on podcasts can be so revealing. Kevin has found that many performers seem very extroverted and confident but then when you hear them talking about their struggles it really puts their humanity and authenticity at the forefront.
- Longform content such as podcasting is actually really unique and special. People don’t have to talk in ‘soundbites’ they can provide context, listeners can gain a full understanding behind a situation and a person.
- The connections Kevin has gained through podcasting has been invaluable. It’s provided a platform to getting to know people and make more valuable connections.
- One of Kevin Clifton’s lifelong dreams was to perform in Singing in the Rain. He got to live this dream and puts it down to his podcast, if he didn’t have his podcast he wouldn’t have made the connection that led to this role.
- Starting is the biggest hurdle in creating a podcast. Kevin says once you have started things become more natural and you will find through trial and error what works. Start now, get perfect later.
- Kevin has been able to monetise his podcast in varying ways. Directly he has set up a Patreon, indirectly he is making connections, leveraging his other projects and more.
BEST MOMENTS
“With podcasts you don’t see that, there’s not a comment section, you don’t know how many likes you have”
“I speak to a lot of introverts, and it’s the perfect medium (podcasting) for them”
“Podcasts are great for that, on podcasting people really open up and you can have that real conversation and peek behind the curtain”
“It’s beneficial to them as well as they get to talk about their work, they know it’s going out to people, they get to leverage”
“If I didn’t have a podcast I probably wouldn’t have done Singing in the Rain which was a bucket list item”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
There are many benefits and advantages to interviewing celebrities on your podcast. Even if your show isn’t generally interview based, having some interviews with celebrities or well-known names in your niche can have a profound effect on your podcast downloads, notoriety and ultimately, it’s success.
In this solo episode with Kane, he talks about the benefits of interviewing others and the 7 steps you can take to get celebrity guests onto your podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Voice notes are a great way to approach people to interview. It gives a personal touch as well as giving them an insight into you and your voice. You will have a much higher conversion rate when you use voice notes to ask to interview people rather than other methods such as email or a standard social media DM.
- When reaching out to people, show that you have done your research and tell them why it is you want to interview them. Make them aware that them coming on your show is also a benefit to them, outlining what they will get out of being interviewed on your show.
- Be patient. Often you will be told no, but this doesn’t mean it’s a no forever, it’s just a no for now. It can be helpful to have a spreadsheet to track who you have reached out to and when so you can reach out to them again.
- Ask your guests if they know anyone you should interview next. This is powerful as firstly they will only give you contacts for people at their same level or above them and secondly an introduction from a mutual contact is a strong way to start any relationship.
- Once you start getting guests, you can step ladder your way up the food chain. This is how you eventually get your big celebrity guests.
- Who do you know? You would be surprised who you have connections with, the 5 degrees of separation means you are never far away from a celebrity guest who will want to be interviewed on your podcast.
- Find out who oversees a person’s schedule, if they have a PA for example, find their details and contact them.
- Think about alternative methods. Letter writing is an unusual way to contact people now, there is little to no competition and it can be a strong way to make an impact and turn what would be a no into a definite yes.
BEST MOMENTS
“A no isn’t a no, it’s a no for now”
“Stepladder through the food chain”
“Be persistent and really stick with it because there’s always a reason someone wants to promote themselves one way or another”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagram Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
The more you speak to people the more you learn!
A podcast can present unique opportunities, for guests, listeners and hosts alike! In this episode, Kane speaks to consultant, chair, tutor and host of The Interesting Health and Safety Podcast Colin Nottage. They discuss the reasons behind the success of Colin’s podcast, how podcasting can produce a wealth of other opportunities as well as the impact it has had on Colin’s life, business and the H&S industry as a whole.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Colin started listening to podcasts himself, including Rob Moore’s The Disruptive Entrepreneur. He discovered that there was very few in the health and safety podcasting space and after attending one of the first Progressive Podcast Courses he got started.
- When Colin first started his podcast, his aim was to give back to the audience that had supported him. He knew he has quite a small niche but started to think about how he could scale and this is when he began interviewing guests.
- By interviewing great guests, Colin started learning more about the health and safety space which is not something he expected. As well as giving him new knowledge, it kept his passion and inspiration alive and he was able to deliver both of these things to his audience and his clients.
- The content Colin is putting out is providing a real benefit across his industry, excerpts from his episodes have been used in training and he has won awards too.
- One of the things Colin has learnt from doing his podcast, is that changing the culture of a business and industry has a lot more scope to impact things than talking to individual people.
- The quality of guests you speak to improves the more people you speak to. Colin also finds this is the case in his business. You might start small but there is an effect that compounds over time the more people you speak to and interview.
- So many people suffer from imposter syndrome and don’t believe they or their niche has enough value for podcasting but Colin and The Interesting Health and Safety Podcast shows how wrong this impression is.
- Consistency to podcasting is very important. Colin always advises to keep a ‘bank’ of reserved content for any unforeseen circumstances to allow his podcast to always publish.
- Collaboration is better than competition. Colin has demonstrated this by collaborating with fellow H&S Podcaster James MacPherson. They have worked together and built the first H&S community and educational tool for the industry, Project Mollitiam: https://www.projectmollitiam.com/meet-the-team
- Colin has big plans for the future! Including writing a book, more monetisation of the podcast, going on a coaching course and building his website.
BEST MOMENTS
“That was the thing that really changed it for me, when I started interviewing people”
“I’ve got a real loyal following, that’s a nice thing”
“There’s an awful lot of things that can be done remotely”
“When I interview people, I’m now asking better questions”
“The biggest art of interviewing is listening”
“The amount of times I wish I’d never stopped the record button”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
The Interesting Health & Safety Podcast - https://podcasts.apple.com/vn/podcast/the-interesting-health-safety-podcast/id1467771449
https://www.projectmollitiam.com/meet-the-team
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Colin Nottage
Colin is passionate about and through his consultancy Influential Management Group (IMG) is able to spread into industry. Colin works at a strategic level with company owners and board members. He helps business leaders establish and achieve their health and safety ambitions.
He has developed a number of leading competency improvement programmes that are delivered across industry and his strengths are his ability to take a practical approach to problem-solving and being able to liaise at all levels within an organisation.
Colin also runs a company that vets contractors online and a network that develops and support H&S consultancies to become better businesses.
Colin chairs the Construction Dust Partnership, an industry collaboration directly involving many organisations, including the Health and Safety Executive.
He is a Post Graduate Tutor at Strathclyde University and a highly sought-after health and safety speaker and trainer. He has a Post Graduate Certificate in Safety and Risk management, an engineering degree and is a Chartered Member of the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH).
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Welcome back to the Podcasters Podcast! In today's episode Aaron jumps in quickly to give you a quick prompt to not let the festive break take too much of an impact on your podcast; Yes numbers dip and so does engagement this time of year but the best months are coming round the corner
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Start 2022 right; well prepared, even with a rough podcast schedule or plan will immediately keep you off the back heel and pushing forward into the new year with direction and a strong message to your audience
- News Jack common topics and questions your audience have this time of year; what should we all be doing now to prepare for this year coming and what does 2022 have in its back pocket for us? does 2022 differ from last year (if so how? or if not why?!)
- Each one of these questions, though covered briefly in your first episode can be elaborated each in an episode on their own giving you many episodes planned, recorded and scheduled for the new year! Thus giving you a much needed break from fulfillment and providing you with the buffer to really market heavily in January 2022
- January historically is always a great month for podcasts, especially with year on year growth in the podcast industry as it is becoming more mainstream and adopted by new audiences; ride this wave effectively by planning and getting prepared now
- of course, enjoy this time and this break from everything but I implore you to do some planning (you'll thank me in January I promise you
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
What creates a powerful podcast conversation, what makes podcasting a great marketing tool and why should you start a podcast today? Kane talks to entrepreneur, owner of sports and musical festival Bournemouth 7’s and podcaster Dodge Woodall to find out his thoughts. Dodge also talks about why he created his chart topping The Eventful Entrepreneur Podcast and how it has created countless unique opportunities for him including co-hosting on the Harry Redknap Show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Due to covid, Dodge lost his festival in 2020. He knew he needed a plan b. He decided to go public by going on social media and creating his own podcast.
- The Eventful Entrepreneur Podcast is now chart topping, a testament to Dodge’s ability to pivot and make a success of anything he puts his mind to. Something that started with his entrepreneurial spirit when he was just a teen.
- Connections are key in so many areas of business, podcasting can be instrumental in creating connections as well as opportunities.
- Dodge believes that we are in such early stages of podcasting that if you start now you’re still early to the game which will give you great advantage.
- There can be great value in just listening to ‘good podcasters’, even if you aren’t interested in the subject they are talking about, you can still learn a lot.
- Dodge has achieved a lot in the podcasting world in just a year, he puts this down to his production of the podcast and having good guests. Guests don’t have to be ‘famous’ they just need to have a good story.
- Think about who you know already, there are probably people in your network who you can have on your podcast and then simply ask them who they know who you should know; if you give a good experience to your guests they will recommend you.
- Podcasting has allowed Dodge to create a unique and powerful marketing tool for his new event training company, his festival and his own personal brand.
- YouTube is the second biggest search engine in the world, it is worth putting your podcast audio onto YouTube, especially if you video it. You can video your interview with your guest for example and then repurpose the audio for your podcast and then ‘chop’ it down into clips and upload these to YouTube too.
- It is worth creating some solo content on your podcast alongside your interviews. It allows you to control the narrative, you can include ‘how to’ episodes for example, offering solutions, as well as giving your thoughts and opinions.
BEST MOMENTS
“Start today because you will not look back I promise you, your world will open up”
“I didn’t have a clue what a podcast was a year ago”
“when you enjoy something and it’s working then it makes life a lot easier…there’s not a better feeling than having quality conversation for an hour with someone”
“Because of the podcast, it’s put a face behind the brand”
“I would definitely recommend doing some solo content as people get to know you better and you build that connection”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
To Listen to Kane speak to Steven Barlett’s producer Jack Sylvester go to episode 7
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Dodge Woodall
https://dodgewoodall.com
https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/the-eventful-entrepreneur/id1531854569
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
In this episode, Aaron and Kane talk about how and why your title, systems and analytics are so important in building the success of your podcast. They also discuss engagement, audience, monetising your podcast and deliver some great hints and tips throughout.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You need to ensure you get the balance right between having a niche and being too general. You need to differentiate yourself in some way, it can be a good idea to start very niche and then spread your net wider as you grow.
- Your title should incorporate what industry/category you are in but should be ‘niched down’. Meaning you should never just call yourself ‘The Marketing Podcast’ but concentrate on your specific audience and reflect that in your title too.
- You can treat collaborations like a marketing campaigns. Think about how you and your brand can fit within other podcasts and then collaborate with them with this in mind.
- Engagement is more important that download numbers. An engaged audience is a superior audience; they either like what you are doing or are looking for more of what you are doing.
- You don’t have to be too clever with your name. It’s important that your title is descriptive and informative.
- Be consistent with your publishing schedule. It’s better to start with less episodes than you think you will manage to produce, being consistent is more important than having more content. Missing episodes means you lose listeners. Try and have a bank of episodes and be ahead so you can deal with any unforeseen circumstances.
- When you first start podcasting, don’t look at your analytics for the first six months. Then when you do, bear in mind podcasting is very different to platforms such as YouTube, it will be smaller numbers it's a different game altogether.
- Audience interaction information can be a lot more useful and insightful than just analytics data. Analytics data can be useful in helping guide decisions but it shouldn't be the only thing you use and rely on.
BEST MOMENTS
“How can I fit me, my persona, my brand, my niche in other shows?”
“I love a clever name but sometimes that can be detrimental”
“Everything you do has to be at the novice in your industry and the person who has no idea who you are”
“If you’re not there when they’re expecting it then they’ll be listening to the next thing”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Jim is an inspirational podcaster, but probably not for the reasons you immediately think of. An ‘ordinary man’ who demonstrates that having a niche doesn’t hold you back in the podcasting world. His podcast is all about bedtime stories and became successful completely by accident, he didn’t initially set out to become a podcaster at all!
Kane talks to Jim about why he began his podcast Kids Short Stories in the first place, why it has been so successful, the evolution of the technology he has used and what his plans are for his future in podcasting.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Jim’s podcast, Kids Short Stories, started off to fill in a need for Jim’s own family. He was travelling a lot for work but still wanted the ability to tell his unique and creative bedtime stories to his children whilst he was away, so he created a podcast just for them.
- After a little while he realised that other people were listening. He asked his wife if he had shared the podcast and she hadn’t, these were organic listeners.
- The reviews started coming in and listeners began asking for stories for their children, this helped with the shareability and ‘virality’ of the podcast. Everyone wanted their child’s story to be told.
- Jim didn’t aim to ‘create’ a podcast with a following, for the first year he literally recorded on his phone in his car. After a year, he invested in a Shure Mic for simplicity and portability. This demonstrates that you don’t need ‘all of the gear’ to get started, just begin and get perfect later.
- Kids consume a lot of content, they have a lot of free time!
- The analytics surrounding podcasting is the same as something such as YouTube or Blogs. It’s just a different medium.
- To start with, Jim focused solely on his reviews, the only way to communicate with him was by leaving him a 5* review helping tremendously with the growth of the podcast.
- Think about your content and how consumable it is. Jim’s advice is to do shorter pieces of content, you want your listener to listen to your whole episode, not many people have time to listen to something 1hour + long. If you have a long interview for example, you can break this down into more specific yet smaller bits of content.
- I Heart Radio have partnered with Jim, he will soon be releasing 15 episodes a week with them. They will own and look after the advertising on the podcast.
- Jim has created a separate RSS feed so that those who want to pay for the episodes to be ad-free can which is a brilliant monetisation tool.
- In a battle against screen time, podcasting presents a unique opportunity. It provides screen-less entertainment for children, something Jim is keen to talk about with parents.
BEST MOMENTS
“There’s plenty of technology today that is on your phone that exceeds the bar of the minimum expectations of the consumer”
“I feel like I stumbled into this but when I look back I see that there a lot of things that are intentional”
“I had zero influence online before this show”
“I believe that more content is better, so I’d rather get it all out there”
“If I could go back, I’d tell myself, story every day, go, it would have been even more awesome”
“If you really want to be a podcaster, if you really want to put out content, what’s the easiest way for me to do that now? What do I have right now to get it started? Keep it simple”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Jim Jacobs
https://kidsshortstories.com/about
https://heymrjim.com/
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
As a podcaster, if you fully understand your listeners, you can produce better and more valuable content for them. Charts, Analytics and Consumption Data are all key ways you can develop a deeper understanding of your listeners and enable you to make data-driven, educated decisions regarding your podcast.
Join Thom and Kane in this episode to find out more about the technical background to podcasting and how gaining a true understanding of this can be invaluable in creating a podcast that is worthwhile, charts highly and stands the test of time.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- When you are setting up your podcast you must pick both a category and subcategory. The Apple Podcast App has a very dominant position in podcasting so most other podcast apps have taken cues from the way they have set up categories. It’s important spend time analysing the right category as this will affect where and how you chart.
- In any sub category, you are probably not competing with more than a few hundred people and even those people are probably not taking podcasting seriously. You can have the ability to really dominate your subcategory in terms of charting.
- Having a co-ordinated plan when you launch your podcast and when each episode is released, means you can ensure your downloads/subscribers happen in a shorter time frame as this will help you chart higher. You want to push all your downloads to the smallest window possible to give yourself the best chance to chart.
- Figure out who your ideal listener is and find them. If you can offer something to them to channel them to review, download and subscribe when you launch your podcast this will aid you in charting, especially if you chose a less competitive category/subcategory. You can then use charting to prove your success and help you land better guests for future episodes.
- You aren’t a slave to an algorithm in podcasting, it is completely designed to get you into the charts.
- A subscriber/follow is someone who has gone to your show and effectively turned on notifications to be told when you upload new episodes and it also shows you in their personal feed.
- Consumption data allows you to make educated data driven decisions on formatting, content and gives an in-depth understanding on who and how listeners are consuming your podcast.
BEST MOMENTS
“In any given subcategory, you’re probably only competing with a few dozen to a few hundred people realistically to be able to chart”
“You want to push all your downloads to the smallest window possible to give yourself the best chance to chart”
“Even a small indie podcast can chart really well because of how the charts are set up”
“You can’t assume one size fits all will work for you, for your content and for your audience”
“It will serve you better if you have shorter episodes”
“Understanding your analytics is vital so that you do create the content that is worthwhile”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
https://chartable.com
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week Kane talks to podcasting legend, Rob Moore, creator of one of the UK’s most successful business podcasts, The Disruptive Entrepreneur, as well as the highly influential Money podcast.
Rob delivers a true masterclass about the power of podcasting, how it can serve your brand and your business, how to monetise your podcast, why consistency matters, and how to leverage your content in order to maximise your reach.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Many use different social media channels in order to build their brand and grow their reach, but many forget that podcasting is a viable, powerful channel in itself.
- Monetisation happens in many different ways. Ads and sponsorships are the most visible route to monetisation, but revenue is also accrued through brand-building, and engaging and connecting with an audience that wish to know you better.
- Consistency is the key to engagement. The best of the best know that in today’s world of constant content a structured release schedule can keep you visible and relevant.
- With collaboration, the more you do, the more your reach increases by infiltrating the audiences of others. As your audience grows, you can tap into the larger audiences of more successful hosts, and continue to grow exponentially.
BEST MOMENTS
‘No one seems to be using podcasting nearly enough’
‘Creating content is a way to express the repressed’
‘Having that commitment to go out every week is like having a personal trainer’
‘When you interview guests, you get connected with really amazing people’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUEST
Rob Moore
Rob Moore is an author of 9 business books, 5 UK bestsellers, holds 3 world records for public speaking, entrepreneur, property investor, and property educator. Author of the global bestseller “Life Leverage” Host of UK’s No.1 business podcast “The Disruptive Entrepreneur”
“If you don't risk anything, you risk everything”
Rob’s official website: https://robmoore.com/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/robmooreprogressive/?ref=br_rs
LinkedIn: https://uk.linkedin.com/in/robmoore1979
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week Thom and Aaron talk alongside successful podcast host, Colin Nottage, creator of the Interesting Health And Safety Podcast, about Thoms 2022 Predictions for podcasting!
The team discuss their predictions about innovations in the world of podcasting in 2022, and the trends you should be looking to expect, and how to plan for them.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Building an engaged following isn’t about huge numbers. It’s far better to niche down to a more nuanced and interested audience. The more connected you are to your audience, the more valuable your message becomes.
- The modern world, and the new methods of delivering content, mean that competition in the podcasting space is redundant. There is plenty of room for shows to exist in harmony, and no need to choose one above another.
- A decentralised social media experience, in which multiple channels can be used, means that you are never at the mercy of one channel and its codes. Putting too many eggs in one basket can lead to a loss of income should access be revoked.
- Always ensure that the nature of your content is evergreen. You need to produce content that will live beyond the current time, so that it can be used and discovered at any time.
- Ads can be a powerful way of monetising your show, but always work more effectively if your audience is engaged, and wants to hear about what you are recommending.
- The best way to attract guests is to know them well, appeal to them by proving how valuable they are, and explaining not just how they could impact your content, but how yours could benefit them.
BEST MOMENTS
‘We’ve had so much success on so many different levels’
'Podcasting has created life-changing opportunities’
‘Anyone who creates good content has got a legitimate chance of making a successful living – even a fortune!’
‘People are more likely to share or comment when they are emotional’
‘When it comes to ads, even with relatively meagre downloads you can make some serious money’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE GUESTS
Colin Nottage
‘Making health and safety as important as everything else we do.’
This is the belief that Colin is passionate about and through his consultancy Influential Management Group (IMG) is able to spread into industry. Colin works at a strategic level with company owners and board members. He helps business leaders establish and achieve their health and safety ambitions.
He has developed a number of leading competency improvement programmes that are delivered across industry and his strengths are his ability to take a practical approach to problem-solving and being able to liaise at all levels within an organisation.
Colin also runs a company that vets contractors online and a network that develops and support H&S consultancies to become better businesses.
Colin chairs the Construction Dust Partnership, an industry collaboration directly involving many organisations, including the Health and Safety Executive.
He is a Post Graduate Tutor at Strathclyde University and a highly sought-after health and safety speaker and trainer. He has a Post Graduate Certificate in Safety and Risk management, an engineering degree and is a Chartered Member of the Institution of Occupational Safety and Health (IOSH).
The Interesting Health & Safety Podcast - https://podcasts.apple.com/vn/podcast/the-interesting-health-safety-podcast/id1467771449
Project Mollitiam - https://www.projectmollitiam.com
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
This week Kane talks to Jack Sylvester, the director and producer of Steven Bartlett’s ‘The Diary Of A CEO Podcast’, about what makes a great podcast, how he became the producer of one of the most successful and influential shows around, the challenges he’s faced along the way and the invaluable lessons every good producer should learn.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcast consumption is on the rise, mainly due to its convenience. People can listen and learn whilst performing other tasks.
- Never compromise when booking your guest. You only have so many voices you can add to your podcasting journey, so make sure each one is as valuable as possible.
- Investment is important, always look for ways to develop and grow your production quality. It’s a sure-fire way to attract and retain listeners.
- A great way to increase downloads is to create a series of promotional items that can be distributed on your own social channels and those of your guests.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Audio is such a practical way of consuming content’
‘Realise the value your guests can bring’
‘Make sure you’re hitting the quality and value you want your podcast to deliver’
‘You’ve got to make mistakes to get there’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Jack Sylvester LinkedIn - https://uk.linkedin.com/in/jack-sylvester-659724a7
WebsiteInstagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
WebsiteInstagramEmail
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane, Thom and Aaron have years of experience between them of helping hundreds of entrepreneurs and businesses start, scale and monetise their podcasts.
In this episode, Kane speaks with Alex Chisnall, a podcast agency owner and podcaster himself. Alex has always had a great passion for the audio space and podcasting and in this episode, they discuss his why, the importance of playing the long game with podcasting and his top tricks and tips to creating a successful and lasting podcast.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Alex started his own podcast (Screw It Just Do It) which lead to him running his own podcasting events before eventually creating and building his own podcast agency.
- Podcasting is an asset you own 100%. You can spend the same amount of effort and time on social media as podcasting but a podcast is all your own and will continue to work for you for a long time.
- Alex had just two downloads in his first week of his podcast. He is now in the top 10% of podcasts. He knows that the long game and consistency works and he helps other achieve this too.
- It’s important to launch with multiple episodes, as if people like your content they will want to ‘binge listen’ and if you only have one or two episodes they will then be directed to your competitors instead.
- Monetising your podcast isn’t just about ads and sponsorship but also a ‘trickle down’ effect, where podcasting can actually gain you clients for your business. You can also create premium content for your existing audience.
- Most podcast listeners are creatures of habit. Often, they align their listening with an already existing habit. This is one of the reasons consistency is so important.
- Those who are proactive in promoting their podcast rather than their business and create strong omnipresence will find they generate more clients via a podcasting funnel.
BEST MOMENTS
“It’s amazing that the audio space is exploding”
“People will binge-watch your stuff if they like it”
“If you make it personal, people will want to get behind you”
“Just bloody get your podcast out there”
“Our cheat-code for growth is repurpose that content, that’s what we love about podcasting”
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane, Thom and Aaron have years of experience between them of helping hundreds of entrepreneurs and businesses start, scale and monetise their podcasts. On this episode they discuss the various setups you can use to record your podcast, from full studio setups to small, portable equipment and which they have found are the best quality for cost.
They also demonstrate all the dos and don’ts of microphone technique, room set up, and even what you should be wearing and how you should wear your hair while recording!
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Don’t stick to one way of doing remote interviews. We recommend cleanfeed, but there are other browser-based recording apps like zencastr and riverside.fm or you can use Skype or Zoom. Be flexible, if your guest doesn’t know how to use Zoom, for example, use something they do know how to use it’ll make them more comfortable.
- There are multiple set ups you can use to record from a full studio setup to a portable rig that you can set up anywhere. The Zoom H1N is a great portable audio device that comes with a lavalier microphone that you clip onto your shirt. It’s basically a really good quality Dictaphone. If you’re recording out and about using this, make sure you use a pop shield to reduce wind noise.
- Dynamic microphones like the Behringer XM8500 are robust and durable, condenser microphones like the Behringer C1 are very sensitive to movements and electronic noise. These are all XLR microphones, not USB.
- The Zoom PodTrak P4 is a compact, affordable, portable recorder unit that makes it really easy to capture audio and can record audio direct from a phone as well as USB mics and plugs into your PC via a USB and becomes, essentially, a USB microphone on your PC. It also splits the audio streams from separate mics/devices so they don’t interfere with each other, hopefully making editing easier.
- Boom are stands are better than tripod desk stands as they can be moved closer to you depending on whether you stand or sit far away from your desk. Moving the mic as close to your face as you can helps to reduce background sound and keep audio quality high.
- Make sure you’re recording in a quiet room with lots of soft furnishing to break up the sound, rather than a kitchen or bathroom which has a lot of reflective, hard surfaces. You can even record from under the cover on your bed or sofa cushions. However, if you’re recording from a location and want some background sound to add atmosphere, go for it, but acknowledge it and set the scene but make sure your voice is being picked up more loudly than the background sound.
BEST MOMENTS
‘You definitely need a pair of headphones, no matter how good quality, because you won’t be able to monitor the quality of your recording otherwise.’
‘As long as you’re close and present while using a Behringer C1 it won’t pick up background noise.’
‘You’ll never need a 3-metre-long XLR cable, 1-1.5m is more than enough. And you get what you pay for, so don’t buy cheap.’
‘Rhode NT1 and Blue Yeti are good, but more expensive than they should be. Samson Q2U USB/XLR mics are better value.’
‘The Double Ds: Distance and Direction are key to audio quality. Keep close to the mic and talk into the microphone, not into the side or the top.’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website
Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
On this episode the Podcasters Podcast we discuss the dos and don’ts of creating a concept for your podcast. This is not just what the show is about, it’s about how that information is put across.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Your podcast should be something you’re passionate about and able to create episodes on for a long time – years. You need to be able to communicate in a clear and simple way – your podcast should be described in a single sentence in as few words as possible. Don’t worry if there are already podcasts out there on your subject, your voice and your take on the subject is unique.
- The name of your podcast should also be simple – 3-5 words. Even though there aren’t that many active podcasts out there, there are still a lot of them. People need to be able to tell what your podcast is about as soon as they see it is key, even if it ends up saying exactly what the show is. It might seem like a boring name, but it’s all about bringing in cold listeners. As soon as they start listening, it won’t matter what the name is.
- Podcast artwork tiles are quite small, so make sure your logo and name are bold and bright and use large text. If you have a high quality image of yourself, it won’t hurt to have your face on the artwork, it could help listeners recognise you on social media. Don’t underestimate the importance and power of good artwork, people will judge your podcast by its artwork and decide whether it will be worth listening to before they listen.
- Your podcast bio should be between 100-150 words about what your show is, who it’s for and who you are. Don’t go too in-depth and don’t worry too much about jamming SEO keywords in there.
- Marketing funnels can be used to grow audiences: loads of people will see your artwork, then they’ll read the title, then they’ll tap through to your feed, read your show description and see your episode list. Then they’ll choose an episode to find out about, tap though, read your show description and then decide whether to listen or not. At each stage you have to make it as enticing and strong as possible to attract the most people through that funnel process.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Someone will only listen to your podcast if they’re getting something from it.’
‘Part on concept is content: Knowing what people want to hear is a good thing to work out before launching.’
‘Go to Facebook groups, Clubhouse rooms, etc to see what potential listeners think of your prospective podcast name/artwork/concept.’
‘Don’t neglect all the stuff that supports the process of getting someone to listen to the content you’ve spent loads of time making great.’
‘No algorithm is going to help you get your podcast in front of people, you’ve got to do the legwork.’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website
Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane, Thom and Aaron have years of experience between them of helping hundreds of entrepreneurs and businesses start, scale and monetise their podcasts. On this episode they discuss what makes an amazing guest, where you can find them and how to make sure they say ‘yes’ to appearing on your show.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- You always need to be thinking about your ‘in’, just having a podcast doesn’t make you a great guest. You need to have some form of recognition or connection to that person and their show. Think about what you would respond to.
- Keep a note of where you reached out to people, what they said, if it’s a ‘no’, get back in touch with them after a good amount of time. Don’t bug them, but don’t take silence as an answer either. As long as it’s not a firm ‘no’, keep trying. Look who they follow, whose been on their show and which shows they’ve been on and try them too because you might get back to getting your main ‘get’ now you’ve got an ‘in’.
- Once you guest on a few shows you’ll find other people will want to have you on their podcasts and guests will start asking to come on your show.
- Look at brands, not people. James Dyson/Jeff Besos/Elon Musk will be a hard get, but a former VP will be easier and will still get you a decent credibility hit that the brand name will attract. Titles the show ‘Amazon marketing tricks revealed’. These people are really easy to find on LinkedIn too.
- Direct message the person you want to interview and make it personal, from you to them, and build up a bit of rapport with them first, don’t just go in with asking them to guest on your show.
- If you have no following there are Reddit and Facebook groups that are about getting guests, they may not be quality but they’ll start the ball rolling. At the other end of the scale, and if you have the money, offer to pay people – especially if they’re ‘the one’ and if you make money from your show in some way so you’ll get a return on it. This is only once you’ve exhausted all other avenues.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Clubhouse is a great resource for finding and collaborating with great people. But keep an eye out for new and emerging platforms.’
‘Chartable and Listen Notes provide a search function. Use this to find podcasts in specific categories to find guests or offer yourself as a guest.’
‘Having a guest will take the load off you as a content creator and will expose you to their audience as well.’
‘Cycle back to guests whose episodes perform well and get them back on the show.’
‘Even if you’re not an interview show, having the occasional guest will benefit your show and grow your audience.’
‘Give away your gold, people will pay for your silver: Publish half of a great interview and put the rest behind a paywall like Patreon.’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website
Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane, Thom and Aaron have years of experience between them of helping hundreds of entrepreneurs and businesses start, scale and monetise their podcasts.
On this episode they describe two types of marketing for podcasters: Maintenance marketing, the generic you have to do every week to maintain your existing downloads, and growth marketing which is going out to new people in new places and platforms and putting your podcast and its message in front of a new audience to bring in ‘cold’ listeners.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Don’t just promote the latest episode, keep promoting old episodes – especially if there’s something in the news or pop culture that relates to the content in an old episode. You have to consistently promote to maintain download numbers, to grow you need to do more.
- Every week do 2-4 posts to promote the latest episode to all the usual places you usually do, and 2-3 posts that are growth posts; videos etc about specific parts of the podcast targeted at specific people or groups.
- Look at your analytics and reviews, see what people are responding to and tailor your content to that as it’s what people want to hear and are willing to engage with. Most of all, be enthusiastic about your content.
- If you batch record, make sure it’s ‘evergreen content’, in other words, the advice will never be outdated. Guest interviews that don’t mention current affairs can be evergreen content, but if there are references to things that will be out of date in a few weeks/months, flag this up in the intro.
BEST MOMENTS
‘You’ve got to promote each week, otherwise no one’s ever going to see it.’
‘Have high-quality show notes to go along with your episode when it’s released. These can be used to better promote the episode (blog, image quotes, key quotes, etc).’
‘Keep your finger on the pulse, don’t keep a reference to Christmas in an episode published in July.’
‘Having a strong vision of what your podcast is, who your audience are and what value you’re delivering will help you pre-make decisions you need to make about your content.’
‘Organise your episode sharing files, especially if you’re handing episodes off to other people who edit and produce your podcast(s).’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website
Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.
Kane, Thom and Aaron are your hosts on this new podcast from Progressive Property/Podcasts. Between them they have years of experience helping hundreds of entrepreneurs and businesses start, scale and monetise their podcasts. On this episode they are going to explain how to launch and re-launch your podcast, the dos and don’ts, common Q&As they’ve heard over the years and everything in between.
KEY TAKEAWAYS
- Podcasts are a long-term asset, we have shows we’ve been working with for 6 years that are still getting downloads on their first episode every week. You have the control to go back and re-edit the audio, change titles and artwork whenever you want if you decide you aren’t happy with them or are re-branding.
- Ask people what they want from your podcast, ask which artwork they like out of the ones you’ve put together, what’s already out there in your space? What are they doing that’s working? Take inspiration from other shows but put your own spin on it.
- Wear headphones – especially when you’re podcasting over Zoom. Be somewhere quiet to record. Be close to the microphone to give your voice a warmer, fuller tone and monitor this through listening through your headphones.
- Figure out who your audience is and where they spend their time online, this will help you with your content, especially when launching. Perhaps you could appear as a guest on someone else’s podcast who is in a similar niche to yours as this will help increase listener numbers. There’s no passive promotion of your show, unlike on YouTube for example, you have to do a lot of the promotion which can dishearten, but the more promotion you do, the more people are likely to engage and listen.
- There’s not a lot of competition in podcasting. There are 2 million podcasts on Apple’s directory, but only about 250,000 active podcasts that publish more than once a month spread across all sub-categories. Compared to YouTube, where there are 27 million active YouTubers making weekly content, podcasting is a much bigger space in which to make a ripple. Podcasts can also be listened to passively (while you’re doing any other kind of task) as opposed to YouTube, TikTok, etc which required you to watch.
- Keep up your show promotion to maintain listener numbers, even if it’s not gaining you new listeners you won’t be losing existing listeners. Keep promoting old episodes as well as new ones and letting people know who your next guest is going to be or what the next episode/season will be about. Re-branding is putting more a push on advertising and promoting your podcast, more than you would usually do, to boost numbers, then maintain that.
BEST MOMENTS
‘Don’t delay. Your podcast doesn’t have to be perfect, it’s a work in progress.’
‘Different podcast platforms have slightly different features, shop around and see which is best for you and your budget.’
‘Ask other podcasters and agencies like ours about technical issues if you’re stuck. People will help.’
‘Don’t just put the episode out there, tell people where to find it or they won’t be able to.’
‘Launch with 6-7 episodes at once to get on the ‘New and Noteworthy’ charts, which is the easiest way to be found on Apple Podcasts, for example. Then publish consistently.’
‘Your podcast should never be done, you should be adding to it and making it better all the time over years.’
‘Ask the audience for future ideas in the review section. This will not just help you plan your episodes, it will let Apple know that your show is ‘noteworthy’.’
VALUABLE RESOURCES
Website
Instagram
ABOUT THE HOSTS
Kane Baron, Thom Luter & Aaron Nelson manage over 100 live podcasts Including Rob Moore, Kevin Clifton, Shaa Wasmand & more.
Helping Entrepreneurs Launch, Scale & Monetise their podcast for over 7 years.
CONTACT METHOD
Website
Instagram
Email
how to start a podcast, podcasting, hosting, downloads, monetisation, content creation, repurposing, video, youtube, tiktok, instagram, social media marketing, growth, consumption,: https://progressivemedia.uk/
See omnystudio.com/listener for privacy information.